ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Other ·

PG_91A_2

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 540 passages · 131,491 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 6 derived notes 0 open questions 540 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 540 narrative.
  • caution3 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture3 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:14; Luke 1:28; Psalm 118:24.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

CopticRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:101 · narrative
Source
ὑφέστηκε λόγος, οὗ ὁ εἷς φύσει Νοῦς ὑπάρχει γεννήτωρ· πρός ὅν ὡς κεφαλήν ἀνάγων διά τοῦ συμφυοῦς κατ᾿ οὐσίαν Πνεύματος τόν ἑπόμενον συνίστησι νοῦν. 9. Τοῦ μέν πρακτικοῦ γυναῖκά φησιν εἶναι τήν ἕξιν, ὡς τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τρόπων γεννητικήν· τοῦ δέ φυσικοῦ, τήν ἐξευγενισθεῖσαν τοῖς λόγοις τοῦ Πνεύματος αἴσθησιν, ὡς τίκτουσαν τάς τῶν ὄντων ἀπαθεῖς φαντασίας· τοῦ δέ θεολογικοῦ τήν καθαράν διάνοιαν τοῦ ἑνός τρισσοφαοῦς φωτός μοναδικῶς δεκτικήν. 10. Χριστόν λέγει τόν ὑπερούσιον, καί ὑπερουσίως σαρκωθέντα Λόγον, ὅτι μηδέ τήν σάρκωσιν αὐτοῦ λόγῳ φυσικῷ κατέλαβε νοῦς. Τούτου δέ κεφαλήν εἶναί φησι, τόν κατά φύσιν αἴτιον Νοῦν, κατ᾿ αἰτίαν φύσει τῷ Λόγῳ συνεπινοούμενον. Ὁ γάρ τῇ πίστει τόν Λόγον ἑωρακώς, ἀχρόνως ἅμα τῷ Λόγῳ τόν τοῦ Λόγου γεννήτορα Νοῦν, ὡς ἐν αὐτῷ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὄντα, μυστικῶς συνεώρακεν. Φασί δέ τινες Χριστόν μέν λέγεσθαι τοῦ Χριστοῦ τό ἀνθρώπινον, ὡς τοῦ παντός, ἤγουν τῆς ὅλης φύσεως κεφαλήν. Οὗπερ ἀνθρωπίνου δῆλον, ἡ τοῦ Χριστοῦ θεότης καθέστηκε κεφαλή. Τῇ γάρ ὀνομασίᾳ τοῦ ὅλου τά μέρη καλέσαντες, ὀρθήν ἐκδεδώκασιν ἔννοιαν. 11. Ἡ πρός τόν Θεόν τοῦ τελειωθέντος νοῦ κατά χάριν ταυτότης, ἐστίν ἡ περί τό φύσει ταυτόν ἁπλῆ καί ἀδιαίρετος κίνησις, περί ἥν νοητῶν ἀνάληψις οὐκ ἔστι, ποσῷ τε τῷ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν καί τῷ κατά δύναμιν ποιῷ διαφερόντων· ἀλλ᾿ ἀπόλαυσις ἄῤῥητος, αἴσθησιν ἔχουσα τήν ὑπέρ νόησιν. 12. Προσευχήν λέγει τοῦ μέν πρακτικοῦ, τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν αἴτησιν· προφητείαν δέ τῶν ἐν αὐταῖς λόγων τήν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν·
English
The Word has subsistence, whose begetter is the one Mind by nature; leading those who follow him up to this Word as to a head through the Spirit consubstantial with him, he establishes the mind that follows. 9. Of the practical life, he says, the wife is the habit, as being generative of the modes of virtue; of the natural life, the sense purified by the words of the Spirit, as giving birth to the dispassionate impressions of beings; of the theological life, the pure understanding, which alone is receptive of the one thrice-shining light. 10. He calls Christ the supersubstantial Word, who was incarnate in a supersubstantial manner, because not even his incarnation was comprehended by the mind through a natural principle. And he says that the head of this is the Mind which is the cause by nature, conceived together with the Word by nature according to causality. For the one who has seen the Word by faith has at the same time, timelessly, mystically seen with the Word the Mind that begets the Word, as being in him by nature. Some say that Christ is the human nature of Christ, as the head of the whole, that is, of the entire nature. Of this human nature, it is clear, the divinity of Christ is the head. For by naming the parts with the name of the whole, they have delivered a correct notion. 11. The identity, according to grace, of the perfected mind with God is the simple and undivided motion toward that which is the same by nature, in which there is no apprehension of intelligibles that differ in quantity according to substance and in quality according to power; but it is an ineffable enjoyment, having perception that surpasses thought. 12. He says that prayer is, for the practical life, the petition of the virtues; and prophecy, the true teaching of the principles within them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:102 · narrative
Source
τοῦ δέ φυσικοῦ προσευχήν φησιν εἶναι, τὴν περί τῶν ὄντων ἐπιστημονικῆς γνώσεως αἴτησιν· προφητείαν δέ, τήν ταύτης κατά τήν ἀληθῆ διδασκαλίαν εἰς ἄλλους μετάδοσιν· τοῦ δέ θεολογικοῦ προσευχήν εἶναι λέγει, τήν ἀπόῤῥητον σιγήν· καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ νοῦς ὑπεροχικῶς τῇ στερήσει ( τῶν ὄντων ἄξιος γίνεται τῆς ὑπέρ νόησιν καί γνῶσιν ἑνώσεως· προφητείαν δέ, τήν ἄλλων περί ταύτην μυσταγωγίαν. Ἡ γάρ προσευχή πρός Θεόν ποιεῖται τοῦ προσευχομένου τήν ἕνωσιν· ἡ δέ προφητεία διά Θεόν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κοινωνῆσαι τῶν δοθέντων καλῶν πείθει τόν προφητεύοντα. 13. Νοεῖ τὸν Θεὸν ὡς Λόγος μηδὲν ἀντιλαμβανόμενος, τουτέστι οὐδὲν τῶν δυναμένων ὑπὸ ἀντίληψιν γενέσθαι, ἢ μηδὲν νοούμενος, τουτέστι οὐδὲν τῶν δυναμένων νοηθῆναι, ἤτοι ἐν τῷ λογισμῷ ἐλθεῖν, ἢ μηδὲν ποιούμενος, τουτέστι οὐδὲν τῶν τῇ γεννήσει καὶ τῇ φθορᾷ ὑποκειμένων ταῦτα γὰρ κυρίως λέγονται πράξειςνοεῖ ὅτι ὁ Λόγος ἐστι. 14. Ὅταν τό θεῖον καταφάσκωμεν, φησίν, συνεπινοοῦμεν μὲν αὐτό τοῖς οὖσιν· ἀλλ᾿ ὡς αἰτίαν ποιητικήν. Ὅταν δέ τῶν ὄντων αὐτό παντελῶς ἀποφάσκωμεν, οὔτε κατ᾿ αἰτίαν αὐτό συνεπινοοῦμεν τοῖς οὖσιν· ὅτι μηδεμίαν, ἀληθῶς εἰπεῖν, ἔχει πρός τά ὄντα σχέσιν· καθ᾿ ἥν τήν ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοῖν ὧν ἐστι σχέσις ἔννοιαν ἅμα συναναφέρειν πεφύκαμεν. Οὐκοῦν ὁ καλός θεολόγος τήν καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν ἀγνωσίαν θέσιν γνώσεως ἀληθοῦς ποιεῖται, τοῦ Θεοῦ τό παντελῶς ἀνεννόητον. 15. Τοιαύτην οὖν θέσιν λαμβάνουσιν αἱ καθ' ὑπεροχὴν στερήσεις. Δεικνύουσι γὰρ ὅτι ὑπάρχει μόνον ὁ Θεός, ἀρνούμεναι ὅτι ἐστὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἢ δυναμένων ὑπὸ ἀντίληψιν γενέσθαι ἢ νοηθῆναι ἢ λεχθῆναι. Κ (26).
English
Of the natural [man] he says that prayer is the request of scientific knowledge concerning beings; and prophecy, the transmission of this to others through true teaching. Of the theological [man] he says that prayer is the unutterable silence, according to which the mind, by way of transcendence, through the privation of beings, becomes worthy of the union beyond thought and knowledge; and prophecy, the initiation of others into this. For prayer effects the union of the one praying with God; and prophecy persuades the one prophesying, for God's sake, to communicate to men the good things given. 13. He understands God as Word, grasping nothing—that is, nothing of the things that can come under grasping—or being understood as nothing—that is, nothing of the things that can be understood, or come into reasoning—or doing nothing—that is, nothing of the things subject to generation and corruption; for these are properly called actions—he understands that he is the Word. 14. When we affirm the divine, he says, we co-conceive it with beings, but as a productive cause. But when we utterly deny it of beings, we do not co-conceive it with beings according to cause, because, truly speaking, it has no relation to beings—a relation according to which we are naturally disposed to bring up together the conception of the relation to both of which it is. Therefore the good theologian makes the ignorance according to transcendence a position of true knowledge—the utterly unthinkable [nature] of God. 15. Such, then, is the position that the privations according to transcendence take. For they show that God alone exists, denying that he is among things that exist or can come under grasping or be understood or be spoken.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:103 · narrative
Source
ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΣ ΒΑΒΥΛΩΝΟΣ ΚΑΙ ΙΟΥΔΑ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΕΘΝΩΝ. 26. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Κ ' Εἰ ὁ βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος ἀλληγορεῖται εἰς τὸν διάβολον, τίς ὁ λόγος ὃν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἱερεμίου ἀπειλεῖ τοῖς βασιλεῦσι τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ Ἰούδα κλοιοὺς καὶ δεσμὰ καὶ λιμὸν καὶ θάνατον καὶ μάχαιραν καὶ αἰχμαλωσίαν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτῷ ( δουλεύσωσιν, τοῖς δὲ ἑκουσίως δουλεύουσι μετὰ ἀνέσεως εἶναι ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅτι δοῦλον αὐτὸν προσαγορεύει λέγων ἐγὼ δέδωκα πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν Ναβουχοδονόσορ βασιλεῖ Βαβυλῶνος τῷ δούλῳ μου καὶ τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ δέδωκα δουλεύειν αὐτῷ; Τίς οὖν ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ διαβόλου δουλεία καὶ τίνα τὰ θηρία καὶ τίνα τὰ ἓξ εἴδη τῆς ἀπειλῆς καὶ τίνες οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἰούδα; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ διάβολος καὶ ἐχθρός ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἐκδικητής· ἐχθρὸς μὲν ὅταν, ὡς μισῶν αὐτόν, δοκῇ πως τὴν ὀλέθριον κεκτῆσθαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀγάπην, τοῖς τῶν ἑκουσίων παθῶν τρόποις διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς πείθων ἡμῶν τὴν προαίρεσιν τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν προκρίνειν τὰ πρόσκαιρα, δι᾽ ὧν, κλέπτων ὅλην τῆς ψυχῆς τὴν ἔφεσιν, τῆς θείας ἡμᾶς παντελῶς ἀγάπης ἀφίστησιν, ἑκουσίους ἐχθροὺς ποιῶν τοῦ ποιήσαντος, ἐκδικητὴς δὲ ὅταν, γυμνώσας τὸ πρὸς ἡμᾶς μῖσος, ὡς ἤδη γενομένους αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὑποχειρίους, ἐξαιτῆται τὴν καθ᾽ ἡμῶν τιμωρίαν. Οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω φίλον τῷ διαβόλῳ καθέστηκεν ὡς ἄνθρωπος τιμωρούμενος.
English
CONCERNING THE KING OF BABYLON AND JUDAH AND THE NATIONS. 26. QUESTION 20: If the king of Babylon is allegorized as the devil, what is the meaning of the threats he makes through the prophet Jeremiah to the kings of the nations and to the king of Judah—collars and bonds and famine and death and sword and captivity, unless they serve him, but that those who serve willingly shall be at ease in their own land—and that he calls him a servant, saying, I have given all the earth to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon my servant, and I have given the beasts of the field to serve him? Who, then, is the servitude of the devil, and what are the beasts, and what are the six forms of the threat, and who are the kings of the nations and the king of Judah? Answer. The devil is both an enemy of God and an avenger. He is an enemy when, as one hating him, he seems in some way to have acquired a destructive love toward us men, persuading our free choice through pleasure, by the modes of voluntary passions, to prefer the temporary to the eternal goods, through which, stealing the whole desire of the soul, he wholly separates us from the divine love, making us voluntary enemies of the one who made us. He is an avenger when, having stripped bare his hatred toward us, since we have already become subject to him through sin, he demands the punishment against us. For nothing is so dear to the devil as a man being punished.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:104 · narrative
Source
Τοῦτο δὲ συγχωρηθείς, τὰς ἐπαλλήλους ἐπινοῶν τῶν ἀκουσίων παθῶν ἐπαγωγὰς λαίλαπος δίκην ἀπηνῶς ἐπιφέρεται τοῖς καθ᾽ ὧν ἐκομίσατο συγχωρήσει Θεοῦ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, οὐ τὸ πρόσταγμα τὸ θεῖον ἐκπληρῶσαι βουλόμενος, ἀλλὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον τοῦ καθ᾽ ἡμῶν μίσους διαθρέψαι πάθος ἐπιθυμῶν, ἵνα τῷ πολλῷ βάρει τῶν ὀδυνηρῶν συμφορῶν ἡ ψυχὴ δι᾽ ἀτονίαν ὀκλάσασα τῆς θείας ἐλπίδος ἑαυτῆς περικόψῃ τὴν δύναμιν, ἀντὶ νουθεσίας ἀθεΐας αἰτίαν ποιουμένη τὴν τῶν ἀλγεινῶς συμβαινόντων ἐπαγωγήν. ( Ἀγαθὸς γὰρ ὑπάρχων ὁ Θεὸς καὶ θέλων ἡμῶν ἐκτίλαι παντελῶς τὸ τῆς κακίας σπέρμα, τὴν ἡδονὴν τὴν τὸν νοῦν τῆς θείας ἀποσυλοῦσαν ἀγάπης, συγχωρεῖ τῷ διαβόλῳ πόνους ἡμῖν καὶ τιμωρίας ἐπαγαγεῖν, κατὰ ταὐτὸν καὶ τῆς προλαβούσης ἡδονῆς τὸν ἰὸν διὰ τῶν πόνων τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποξέων καὶ πρὸς τὰ παρόντα καὶ μόνην τὴν αἴσθησιν σαίνοντα μῖσος ἡμῖν καὶ τελείαν ἀποδιάθεσιν, ὡς μηδὲν τιμωρίας πλέον εἰς κέρδος κεκτημένα κατὰ τὴν χρῆσιν, ἐμποιῆσαι βουλόμενος καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου τιμωρὸν δύναμιν καὶ μισάνθρωπον τῆς πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπαναγωγῆς περιστατικὴν αἰτίαν ποιήσασθαι τῶν αὐτῆς ἑκουσίως ἀπολισθησάντων. Ὡς οὖν κατὰ συγχώρησιν τιμωρούμενος τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας ὁ διάβολος τοῦ Θεοῦ κέκληται δοῦλος, ἀποστάτης ὢν καὶ λῃστὴς πονηρός, καὶ τοῖς ἑκουσίως διὰ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀφισταμένοις τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν γνώμην ἔχων πάνυ κατάλληλον πρέπον γάρ ἐστι καὶ δίκαιον ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου κολάζεσθαι τοὺς τὰς αὐτοῦ πονηρὰς ὑποθήκας τῶν ἑκουσίων ἁμαρτημάτων ἡδέως δεξαμένους, οὕτω μὲν οὖν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἐστι διὰ τῶν ἑκουσίων παθῶν σπορεὺς ὁ διάβολος καὶ ὀδύνης διὰ τῶν ἀκουσίων ἐπαγωγεύς.
English
But when this has been permitted him, devising successive onsets of involuntary sufferings, he is borne fiercely like a tempest against those over whom he has received authority by God's permission, not wishing to fulfill the divine command, but desiring to feed his own passion of hatred against us, so that the soul, buckling under the great weight of painful calamities through weakness, might cut off from itself the power of divine hope, making the onset of grievously occurring events a cause of godlessness instead of admonition. For God, being good and wishing to root out completely from us the seed of evil—the pleasure that despoils the mind of divine love—permits the devil to bring pains and punishments upon us, at the same time scraping away through the soul's pains the poison of the preceding pleasure, and wishing to implant in us hatred and complete aversion toward things present that merely tickle the senses, so that, having gained nothing more than punishment as profit in their use, he might make that punishing and man-hating power of his a circumstantial cause of the return to virtue for those who have voluntarily slipped away from it. As, therefore, punishing sinners by permission, the devil is called a servant of God, though he is an apostate and a wicked robber, and has a will wholly suited to those who voluntarily through pleasure fall away from God—for it is fitting and just that those who have gladly received his wicked suggestions for voluntary sins be punished by the devil—so then the devil is both a sower of pleasure through voluntary passions and a bringer-on of pain through involuntary ones.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:105 · narrative
Source
Ὅταν οὖν οἱ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ τὴν Ἱερουσαλὴμ οἰκοῦντες, τουτέστι τὴν πρακτικὴν ἕξιν ἢ τὴν θεωρητικὴν ἀπειληφότες ἐπιστήμην, πρὸς τὴν ἀνθρώπων ταύτας μετέρχωνται δόξαν, ἤθη μὲν ἀρετῶν τῷ φαινομένῳ τρόπῳ σκιαγραφοῦντες, λόγους δὲ σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως μόνον λαλοῦντες δίχα τῶν κατὰ δικαιοσύνην ἔργων, καὶ τὸν ὡς ἐπ᾽ ἀρετῇ καὶ γνώσει τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιδείκνυνται τῦφον, εἰκότως τοῖς πρέπουσι παραδίδονται πόνοις, διὰ τοῦ πάσχειν τὴν ἀγνοηθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῆς ματαίας οἰήσεως ταπεινοφροσύνην μεταμανθάνοντες· ὅπερ εἰδὼς καὶ ὁ θαυμαστὸς ἀπόστολος, παρέδωκε τῷ σατανᾷ τὸν παρανομήσαντα Κορίνθιον εἰς ὄλεθρον τῆς σαρκός, ἵνα τὸ πνεῦμα σωθῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ. Διὰ τοῦτο τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ( ὁ βασιλεὺς παραδίδοται τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, τουτέστιν ὁ θεωρητικὸς νοῦς καὶ γνωστικὸς πρὸς τιμωρίαν ἐκδίδοται τῷ διαβόλῳ, πόνους αὐτῷ δικαίως ἐπάγοντι καὶ συμφοράς, ἵνα μάθῃ πάσχων περὶ καρτερίας μᾶλλον καὶ πόνων ὑπομονῆς φιλοσοφεῖν ἢ διακενῆς τοῖς οὐκ οὖσιν ὑπερηφάνως ἐμματαιάζειν.
English
When, then, those who inhabit Judea and Jerusalem—that is, those who have received the practical habit or the theoretical knowledge—pursue these things for the glory of men, sketching the characters of virtues in outward manner only, and speaking words of wisdom and knowledge alone without the works of righteousness, and displaying to others the vanity that comes from virtue and knowledge, they are rightly handed over to fitting labors, learning by suffering the humility they ignored, in exchange for their vain conceit. Knowing this, the wondrous apostle also handed the lawless Corinthian over to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, so that the spirit might be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. For this reason, in place of Judea and Jerusalem, the king is handed over to the king of the Assyrians—that is, the contemplative and gnostic mind is delivered over to the devil for punishment, who justly brings upon it labors and calamities, so that by suffering it may learn to philosophize about endurance and the patience of labors rather than to vaunt itself proudly and vainly over things that are not.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:106 · narrative
Source
Πᾶς οὖν ἀνεχόμενος ἑκουσίως ἐκ τῆς τῶν αὐτῷ πεπραγμένων συναισθήσεως δέξασθαι τὰς ἐπιπόνους τῶν ἀκουσίων ἐπιφορὰς πειρασμῶν μετὰ τῆς δεούσης εὐχαριστίας οὐκ ἐξοικίζεται τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν καὶ γνῶσιν ἕξεώς τε καὶ χάριτος καθάπερ οἱ πάλαι τῆς Ἰουδαίας καὶ Ἱερουσαλήμ, ὡς ὑπελθὼν ἑκουσίως τὸν ζυγὸν βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος καὶ ὡς χρέος ἀποτιννὺς τὰς τῶν βασάνων ἐπιφορὰς καταδεχόμενος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν αὐταῖς μένων τελεῖ τῷ μὲν βασιλεῖ Βαβυλῶνος τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ παθητοῦ τῆς φύσεως βιαίους πόνους καὶ τὴν ἐπ᾽ αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ὡς ὀφειλέτης αὐτῶν διὰ τὰς προλαβούσας πλημμελείας συγκατάθεσιν, τῷ δὲ Θεῷ προσφέρει διὰ λατρείας ἀληθινῆςτῆς ταπεινῆς λέγω διαθέσεωςτὴν τῶν παρημελημένων διόρθωσιν.
English
Everyone, therefore, who willingly endures, from the consciousness of what he himself has done, to accept the painful onslaughts of involuntary temptations with the gratitude that is due, is not driven out from the habit and grace of virtue and knowledge, as were those of old from Judea and Jerusalem—as one who has willingly submitted to the yoke of the king of Babylon and, as it were, paying a debt, accepts the onslaughts of torments—but remaining in them he renders to the king of Babylon the violent pains arising from the passible nature and the consent in his mind regarding them, as a debtor to them because of his preceding transgressions, while to God he offers, through true worship—I mean the humble disposition—the correction of the things he has neglected.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:107 · narrative
Source
Ὁ δὲ τὴν κατὰ συγχώρησιν Θεοῦ πρὸς διόρθωσιν ἐπαγομένην αὐτῷ διὰ τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν συμφορὰν εὐχαρίστως μὴ καταδεχόμενος καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν δίκαιος εἶναι μεταγνοὺς οὐκ ἀποτιθέμενος οἴησιν, ὡς τοῖς θείοις τῶν δικαίων κριμάτων ἀντιπίπτων θεσπίσμασι κατὰ τοὺς πάλαι τῆς Ἰουδαίας οἰκήτορας, καὶ μὴ καταδεχόμενος ἑκουσίως ὑπὸ τὸν ζυγὸν γενέσθαι τοῦ βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος κατὰ τὴν θείαν διαταγήν, εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν παραδίδοται τῷ βασιλεῖ Βαβυλῶνος καὶ κλοιοὺς καὶ δεσμὰ καὶ θάνατον καὶ λιμὸν καὶ μάχαιραν καὶ τῆς ἰδίας παντελῶς ἀποικίζεται γῆς, τουτέστι τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν καὶ γνῶσιν εἶναι δοκούσης ἕξεως, διὰ μὲν τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας τὴν τῶν θείων ἀποστασίαν κατακρινόμενος, διὰ δὲ τῶν κλοιῶν τὴν ψευδῆ περὶ τῶν ὄντων δόξαν, διὰ δὲ τῶν δεσμῶν τὴν παντελῆ τῶν καλῶν ἀπραξίαν, διὰ δὲ τοῦ λιμοῦ τὴν τῶν θείων στέρησιν διδαγμάτων, διὰ δὲ τοῦ θανάτου τὴν τελείαν πρὸς τὰ καλὰ ( πώρωσίν τε καὶ ἀναισθησίαν, διὰ δὲ τῆς μαχαίρας τοὺς τῶν θείων μνημῶν ἀναιρετικοὺς ἐμπαθεῖς καὶ ἀκολάστους λογισμούς.
English
But the one who does not gratefully accept the misfortune brought upon him by God's permission for his correction through involuntary temptations, and who does not set aside the conceit he has repented of—the conceit of seeming to be righteous—as one who opposes the divine decrees of the righteous judgments, like the ancient inhabitants of Judea, and who does not willingly consent to come under the yoke of the king of Babylon according to the divine ordinance, is handed over into captivity to the king of Babylon, and is wholly deported from his own land—that is, from the habit of seeming to be in virtue and knowledge—being condemned by the captivity for his apostasy from divine things, by the collars for his false opinion about realities, by the bonds for his complete inactivity in good things, by the famine for his deprivation of divine teachings, by the death for his perfect (hardening and insensitivity toward good things, and by the sword for the passionate and dissolute thoughts that destroy the divine remembrances.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:108 · narrative
Source
Πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ τούτων πλείονα ὁ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν καὶ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἰδίας γῆς, ἐξοικιζόμενος ἕξεως πάσχει διὰ τὸ μὴ θέλειν αὐτὸν ἐξ ὑπερηφανίας καὶ ματαίας οἰήσεως, τὰς ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἐπλημμέλησεν ἐκτιννὺς δίκας, ἐν θλίψεσιν εὐδοκῆσαι καὶ ἀνάγκαις καὶ στενοχωρίαις κατὰ τὸν θεῖον ἀπόστολον, καίτοι πάσης τῆς ἐπὶ τούτοις ὀφειλῆς ὄντα διὰ τὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐλεύθερον. Ἤιδει γὰρ ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος φυλακτικὴν τῶν θείων κατὰ ψυχὴν θησαυρῶν ὑπάρχουσαν τὴν ἐκτὸς περὶ τὸ σῶμα συνισταμένην διὰ τῶν πόνων ταπείνωσιν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο στέργων ὑπέμενε, καὶ δι᾽ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς οἷς ἀρετῆς καὶ πίστεως προέκειτο τύπος, ἵνα, κἂν ὡς ὑπεύθυνοι πάσχωσι κατὰ τὸν ἐπιτιμηθέντα Κορίνθιον, εἰς παρηγορίαν ἔχωσι καὶ ὑπομονῆς μίμησιν τὸν ἀνευθύνως πάσχοντα. Τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν εἶναι νομίζω κατὰ τοῦτον τῆς Γραφῆς τὸν τόπον τοὺς τῶν λοιπῶν τῆς ἀτιμίας παθῶν ἐπάρχοντας ἀνθρώπους, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑποκειμένους ἐνδίκως τῇ τιμωρίᾳ τῶν οἰκείων ὀφλημάτων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῷ βασιλεῖ Βαβυλῶνος παραδιδομένους ὡς τιμωρῷ δυνάμει καὶ χαιρούσῃ τῇ βασάνῳ τῆς φύσεως. Ἔστιν οὖν ὁ μὲν Αἰγύπτιος βασιλεὺς ὁ φιλήδονος νοῦς καὶ ἀκόλαστος, ὁ δὲ Μωαβίτης ὁ τρυφητὴς καὶ βάκηλος νοῦς, ὁ δὲ Ἀμμανίτης ὁ πλεονεκτικὸς νοῦς, ὁ δὲ Σύρος ὁ δεισιδαίμων καὶ διαλεκτικὸς νοῦςμόνος γὰρ ἀντικεῖσθαι γέγραπται τῷ Σαλομῶν ὁ Σύρος, τουτέστι τῇ εἰρήνῃ καὶ τῇ σοφίᾳ, ὁ δὲ Τύριος ὁ φιλόκοσμος νοῦς καὶ φιλόζωος·
English
For all these things and more than these, the man who is being exiled from the habit of virtue and knowledge, as from his own land, suffers because he does not wish, out of pride and vain conceit, to be well pleased in afflictions and constraints and distresses, according to the divine apostle, paying the just penalties for the things in which he has transgressed, although by reason of righteousness he is free from every debt on account of these things. For the great apostle knew that the humility of the body, established outwardly through labors, is a safeguard of the divine treasures in the soul, and for this reason, cherishing it, he endured, both for his own sake and for the sake of those for whom he was set forth as a model of virtue and faith, so that even if they suffer as those liable, like the Corinthian who was rebuked, they might have as consolation and as an imitation of endurance the one who suffers without being liable. But the kings of the nations, in this place of Scripture, I think to be the men who preside over the remaining passions of dishonor, and who are themselves justly subject to the punishment of their own debts, and for this reason are handed over to the king of Babylon as to a punitive power that rejoices in the torment of nature. Therefore the Egyptian king is the pleasure-loving and dissolute mind, the Moabite is the luxurious and soft mind, the Ammonite is the covetous mind, the Syrian is the superstitious and disputatious mind—for it is written that the Syrian alone opposed Solomon, that is, peace and wisdom—and the Tyrian is the world-loving and life-loving mind.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:109 · narrative
Source
καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες βασιλεῖς οὓς γνώσεται διὰ τῆς οἰκείας σημασίας ὁ γνωστικὸς ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὀνομάτων ἑρμηνείας ἢ τῆς τῶν τόπων θέσεως ἢ τῆς κρατούσης ἐν αὐτοῖς γενικῆς παραδόσεως ἢ τῆς ἐν ἀλλήλοις ἐπιτηδεύσεως ἢ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ( ποιᾶς ἀντιπαθείας... Οὐ γὰρ πάντοτε καὶ πάντες ὡσαύτως καὶ καθ᾽ ἓν σημαινόμενον λαμβάνονται, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ὑποκειμένην χρείαν καὶ τῆς προφητείας τὴν δύναμιν, ἐπεί τοί γε καὶ εἰς τὸν διάβολον οἶδεν ἡ Γραφὴ λαμβάνειν τὸν Φαραώ, ὅταν ἀναιρέτης γίνηται τοῦ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸν τῆς φύσεως νόμον, ὅταν αὐτῷ δουλεύῃ κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν ὁ Ἰωσήφ, προφητικῶς δι᾽ ἑαυτοῦ σημάνας τὸν φύσει καὶ πάθεσι τοῖς ἡμετέροις ἑκουσίως δουλεύσαντα Θεὸν Λόγον δίχα μόνης ἁμαρτίας, ὁμοίως καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Τύρου νοεῖται εἰς τὸν διάβολον, ὅταν τὸν Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦ Σισάρα πολεμῇ, καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὸν φυσικὸν νόμον, ὅταν σπένδεται τῷ Δαβὶδ καὶ εἰς τὸν οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ θείου ναοῦ τῷ Σαλομῶν πλεῖστα συμβάλλεται. Καὶ εἰς ἄλλα δὲ πολλὰ σημαινόμενα ἕκαστος τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων τῇ Γραφῇ βασιλέων λαμβάνεται, κατὰ μέντοι τὴν ὑποκειμένην τῇ προφητείᾳ δύναμιν. Τὰ δὲ θηρία, ἅπερ δίδωσιν ὁ Θεὸς τῷ βασιλεῖ Βαβυλῶνος, εἰσὶν οἱ δαίμονες, ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν ἐνδιαθέτως ὑποκειμένην ἐπιτηδειότητα πρὸς τήνδε ἢ τήνδε τῶν πειρασμῶν ἐπαγωγὴν λειτουργῶν. Ἄλλης γὰρ ἄλλος ἐστὶ ποιητικὸς κακίας, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλου σαφῶς ἐστι μιαρώτερος καὶ πρὸς τόδε μᾶλλον τῆς κακίας τὸ εἶδος ἐπιτηδειότερος.
English
And all the other kings whom the gnostic will know through their own signification, from the interpretation of their names, or from the position of their places, or from the general tradition prevailing among them, or from their practice toward one another, or from their particular antipathy toward Israel... For not always and not all are taken in the same way and in one signification, but according to the underlying need and the power of the prophecy, since indeed Scripture knows how to take Pharaoh for the devil, when he becomes a destroyer of Israel, and again for the law of nature, when Joseph serves him according to the economy, prophetically signifying through himself the God the Word who by nature served our passions willingly, apart from sin alone; likewise the king of Tyre is understood as the devil, when he wars against Israel through Sisara, and again as the natural law, when he makes a covenant with David and contributes very many things to the building of the divine temple for Solomon. And each of the kings enumerated in Scripture is taken in many other significations as well, according to the power underlying the prophecy. And the beasts which God gives to the king of Babylon are the demons, each one ministering according to the disposition inwardly underlying him toward this or that inducement of temptations. For one is productive of one evil and another of another, and one is clearly more polluted than another and more suited to this particular form of evil.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:110 · narrative
Source
Οὔτε γὰρ αὐτοὶ οἱ δαίμονες ἄνευ θείας συγχωρήσεως κατ᾽ οὐδὲν ὑπουργεῖν δύνανται τῷ ἀρχεκάκῳ διαβόλῳ, ἵνα, καθὼς οἶδεν αὐτὸς ὁ Θεὸς μετὰ τῆς δεούσης φιλανθρώπου καὶ ἀγαθῆς προνοίας, συγχωρῇ τῷ διαβόλῳ διὰ τῶν αὐτοῦ ὑπουργῶν τὰς ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμάρτομεν διαφόρους ποιεῖσθαι τιμωρίας. Καὶ δηλοῖ τοῦτο σαφῶς ἡ περὶ τοῦ Ἰὼβ συγγραφή, μὴ δυνάμενον τῷ Ἰὼβ παντελῶς προσπελάσαι τὸν διάβολον ἀναγραφομένη δίχα τῆς θείας συγχωρήσεως. Ἀλλὰ καὶ Ναβουχοδονόσορ αὐτὸς ὁ τῆς Βαβυλωνίας βασιλεὺς λαμβάνεται πολλάκις εἰς τὸν φυσικὸν νόμον. Καὶ τοῦτο ( δηλοῦσι γράφοντες τοῖς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις οἱ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον στέρξαι μὴ δυνηθέντες καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν Βαβυλωνίαν κατασυρέντες γῆν, λέγω δὲ τὴν ἕξιν τῆς κατὰ τὴν ὕλην συγχύσεως, εὔξασθε ὑπὲρ τῆς ζωῆς Ναβουχοδονόσορ βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος καὶ τῆς ζωῆς Βαλτάσαρ τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ, τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου δηλαδὴ καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν κίνησιν ἕξεως, ὑφ᾽ οὓς τότε γεγόνασιν, ἵνα ὦσιν αἱ ἡμέραι αὐτῶν ὡς αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ, διὰ τούτων παρακαλοῦντες εὔξασθαι τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀπαθείᾳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ τῆς γνώσεως μείναντας, ἵνα ὧσι τὰ νοήματα τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν νόμου καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν κίνησιν ἕξεως, ἐν ᾧ, τὸν πνευματικὸν ἀπολιπόντες νόμον, γεγόνασιν, ὡς τὰ θεῖα νοήματα τοῦ νόμου τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἡμέρας καλέσαντες τὰ νοήματα, οὐρανὸν δὲ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον. Ἐζήτουν γὰρ μὴ ἀπᾴδειν τοῦ πνευματικοῦ νόμου τὸν ὑφ᾽ ὃν γεγόνασι φυσικὸν καὶ ἐπίμοχθον νόμον.
English
For not even the demons themselves can minister in any way to the devil, the author of evil, without divine permission, so that, as God himself knows, with the fitting, philanthropic, and good providence, he permits the devil through his ministers to inflict various punishments for the sins we have committed. And the writing concerning Job clearly shows this, recording that the devil was unable to approach Job at all without divine permission. But Nebuchadnezzar himself, the king of Babylon, is also often taken to signify the natural law. And this (those who were unable to embrace the spiritual law and were therefore dragged down to the land of Babylon—I mean the condition of confusion regarding matter—indicate when they write to those in Jerusalem: Pray for the life of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and for the life of Belshazzar his son, that is, for the natural law and its condition in respect of motion, under which they had then come to be, that their days may be as the days of heaven, thereby urging those who remain in the impassibility of virtue and the truth of knowledge to pray, so that the thoughts of the natural law and of its condition in respect of motion, under which—having abandoned the spiritual law—they have come to be, may be as the divine thoughts of the law of the Spirit, calling the thoughts "days" and the spiritual law "heaven." For they sought that the natural and laborious law under which they had come to be should not be discordant with the spiritual law.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:111 · narrative
Source
Τούτοις συμφωνεῖ καὶ τὸ πρὸς αὐτὸν κατὰ τὴν θείαν ἀπειλὴν μυστικῶς εἰρημένον ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγάλου Δανιήλ, τὸ θεαθὲν ὄναρ ἑρμηνεύοντος καὶ σὲ ἐκδιώξουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ μετὰ θηρίων ἀγρίων ἔσται ἡ κατοικία σου, καὶ χόρτον ὡς βοῦν ψωμιοῦσί σε, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὐλισθήσῃ, καὶ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλαγήσονται ἐπὶ σέ, ἕως οὖ γνῷς ὅτι κυριεύει ὁ ὕψιστος τῆς βασιλείας τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ ᾧ ἐὰν θέλῃ δώσει αὐτήν· καὶ ὅτι εἶπεν· ἐάσατε τὴν φυὴν τῶν ῥιζῶν τοῦ δένδρου ἐν τῇ γῇ· ἡ βασιλεία σου σοὶ μένει, ἀφ᾽ ἧς ἂν γνῷς τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν ἐπουράνιον, ἐκδίωξιν μὲν λέγων τάχα τὴν εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον διὰ τὴν παράβασιν ἐκ τοῦ παραδείσου ἐκβολὴν καὶ τῆς μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἀγγέλων διαίτης ἀλλοτρίωσιν, ἤγουν τὴν ἐκ τῶν νοητῶν θεαμάτων πρὸς τὴν αἴσθησιν τοῦ νόμου τῆς φύσεως σχέσιν, τὴν δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἀγρίων θηρίων κατοικίαν ( τὴν μετὰ τῶν παθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐνεργούντων αὐτὰ δαιμόνων καταμονήν, ἤγουν κατοικίαν καὶ συναναστροφήν, σημαίνων. Ὁ δὲ χόρτος, ὃν ἐψώμισαν αὐτόνοἱ ἄνθρωποι δῆλον, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ τὰ θηρία, μεθ᾽ ὧν ἔσχε τὴν κατοικίαν· ἐκεῖνα γὰρ οὐ ψωμιοῦσιν ἀλλὰ σπαράττουσινἡ κατ᾽ αἴσθησίν ἐστι τῶν φαινομένων φυσικὴ κατανόησις καὶ ἡ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἐπίπονος πρᾶξις, ἅπερ ὡς χόρτον χορηγοῦσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις οἱ ἄγγελοι, τὸ δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς δρόσου τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αὐλισθῆναι τὸ διὰ τῆς θείας προνοίας ἐσχηκέναι τὴν ἐν τούτοις διαμονήνδρόσον γὰρ οὐρανοῦ τὴν πρόνοιαν ὁ λόγος ἐκάλεσεν, δι᾽ ἧς ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ μετὰ τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων τὴν συντήρησιν ἔσχεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἤγουν ὁ
English
With these things agrees also what was said mystically to him according to the divine threat by the great Daniel, when he interpreted the dream that was seen: "And they shall drive you out from among men, and your dwelling shall be with the wild beasts, and they shall feed you grass as an ox, and you shall be lodged by the dew of heaven, and seven times shall be changed upon you, until you know that the Most High rules over the kingdom of men, and gives it to whomever he wills"; and that he said: "Leave the stump of the roots of the tree in the earth; your kingdom remains for you, from the time you know the heavenly kingdom." He is saying, then, that the "driving out" is perhaps the expulsion from paradise into this world because of the transgression, and the alienation from the way of life with the holy angels—that is, the turning from intelligible visions to the perception of the law of nature; and the "dwelling with the wild beasts" (he means the abiding, that is, the dwelling and companionship, with the passions and the demons who work them). And the grass which, it is clear, the men themselves fed him, and not the beasts with which he had his dwelling—for those do not feed but tear to pieces—is the natural understanding of things that appear, according to sense perception, and the laborious practice according to virtue, which the angels supply to men as grass. And "to be lodged by the dew of heaven" is to have obtained, through divine providence, the continuance in these things; for the word called providence the "dew of heaven," through which in this age man had his preservation together with those who were numbered—that is, the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:112 · narrative
Source
κατὰ φύσιν νόμος, παντελῶς μὴ διαφθειρόμενος, ἢ τυχὸν ἡ διὰ τῶν φαινομένων γινομένη κατὰ χάριν Θεοῦ περὶ τῶν νοουμένων σύμμετρος γνῶσις, δι᾽ ἥν ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐνταῦθα τῇ ἐλπίδι τῶν μελλόντων κρατούμενος. Τὸ δὲ ἑπτὰ καιροὶ ἀλλαγήσονται ἐπὶ σὲ τὴν κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον ἑβδοματικὴν τοῦ χρόνου παράτασιν δηλοῖ, ὑφ᾽ ἣν γέγονε, τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς οἰκείας ἕξεως καὶ ἐνεργείας ἐάσας, ὁ κατὰ φύσιν νόμος, καὶ μεθ᾽ ἣν συντελουμένην κατὰ τὴν προσδοκωμένην ἀνάστασιν διὰ τῆς ἀποβολῆς τῶν ἀλόγων ἰδιωμάτων πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐπανελεύσεται πάλιν, τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς εὐκληρίαν τῆς βασιλείας. ἀπολαμβάνων, ἐπιγνοὺς διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον προνοητικῆς οἰκονομίας τὸ κράτος τῆς ἀληθινῆς βασιλείας. Τὸ γὰρ ἐάσατε τὴν φυὴν τῶν ῥιζῶν τοῦ δένδρου ἐν τῇ γῇ φάναι τὸ μὴ τῆς φύσεως ἀναιρεθῆναι τελείως διὰ τὴν παράβασιν τὸ σπέρμα καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τῆς ἀγαθότητος δηλοῖ· καθ᾽ ἃς πάλιν λαμβάνουσα τὴν αὔξησιν εἰς τὸ πρώην φυσικὸν διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἐπανάγεται μέγεθός τε καὶ κάλλος. Ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν γε κρεῖττον, στοιχοῦντας τῷ νόμῳ τῶν ἐντολῶν, ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ φρονήματος τῆς σαρκὸς ἑκουσίοις ἐκπαιδεύειν πόνοις, καὶ οὐ μόνον κρεῖττον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ( φιλόσοφον καὶ πρέπον τοῖς τὸν ἔμφυτον λόγον ἡγεμόνα τῶν παθῶν καταστήσασιν. Εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο, τό γε τούτου δεύτερον· ἀκουσίως παιδευόμενοι, στέρξωμεν τοῦ παιδεύοντος ἡμᾶς τὴν βουλὴν μετὰ τῆς πρεπούσης εὐχαριστίας, καθάπερ ζυγὸν βασιλέως Βαβυλῶνος καταδεχόμενοι τὴν ἐφ᾽ οἷς ἡμάρτομεν κόλασιν.
English
The law according to nature, never entirely corrupted, or perhaps the measured knowledge of things intelligible that comes about by God's grace through things that appear, by which man is here held fast in the hope of things to come. And "seven times shall be changed upon you" signifies the hebdomadic extension of time according to this age, under which the law according to nature has come to be, having let go the guarding of its own state and activity, and after which, when it is completed at the expected resurrection, through the casting off of irrational peculiarities it will return again to itself, recovering the original felicity of the kingdom, having recognized through the providential economy according to this age the power of the true kingdom. For the saying "leave the stump of the roots of the tree in the earth" indicates that the seed and the powers of goodness are not wholly destroyed from nature because of the transgression; by these, receiving growth again, it is brought back through the resurrection to its former natural magnitude and beauty. But for us it is better, following the law of the commandments, to train ourselves toward the destruction of the mind of the flesh by voluntary labors, and not only better, but also very much (philosophical and fitting for those who have established the innate reason as ruler over the passions. But if not this, at least the second best after it: being disciplined involuntarily, let us accept with fitting thanksgiving the will of him who disciplines us, receiving the punishment for the things in which we have sinned as though a yoke of the king of Babylon.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:113 · narrative
Source
Καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας γῆς, τουτέστι τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ἐλπίδος καὶ τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ἕξεως, οὐ μεταφέρει τὸν ἡμέτερον νοῦν ὁ νοητὸς βασιλεὺς Βαβυλῶνος. Κατὰ τοῦτον οὖν τὸν προαποδοθέντα τρόπον καὶ Θεοῦ δοῦλος ὁ διάβολος λέγεται, καὶ παραδίδονται αὐτῷ οἱ βασιλεῖς τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἰούδα καὶ τὰ θηρία τοῦ ἀγροῦ. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Κατά ποῖον τρόπον, φησίν, ἐχθρός ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ἐκδικητής ὁ διάβολος. 2. Ψυχὴ χωρισθεῖσα ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου, ἁγνοοῦσα ἢ περιφρονοῦσα τὴν θείαν ἀπειλὴν διὰ τῶν πειρασμῶν, τουτέστι τὴν κόλασιν, ποιεῖ αἰτίαν ἀσεβείας πρὸς τὴν ἐντολήν. Ἐγκαταλείπει γὰρ τὸν Θεὸν καὶ πρὸς τὸν διάβολον φεύγει, θεωροῦσα λυτρωτὴν τὸν ἐχθρόν. 3. Ὅτι κατιωθεῖσαν ψυχήν τῷ ῥύπῳ τῆς ἡδονῆς φησίν, ἀποκαθαίρει πόνος, καί ἀφηλοῖ παντελῶς αὐτῆς τήν σχέσιν τῶν ὑλικῶν, τῆς πρός αὐτά φιλίας τήν ζημίαν μεταμαθοῦσαν· δι᾿ ἥν αἰτίαν ὁ Θεός συγχωρεῖ τῷ διαβόλῳ κατά κρίσιν δικαίαν τούς ἀνθρώπους βασάνοις καταπιέζειν. 4. Τὰ παρόντα, φησί, μόνον τὴν αἴσθησιν κολακεύουσι, μὴ ἀποφέροντα οὐδὲν κέρδος, ἢ δὲ διὰ τοῦ διαβόλου, κατὰ παραχώρησιν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τιμωρία ποιεῖ ἡμᾶς μισῆσαι καὶ περιφρονῆσαι αὐτά.
English
And the intelligible king of Babylon does not carry away our mind from our own land, that is, from faith and hope and the virtuous disposition. In this way, then, which was set out above, the devil is also called a servant of God, and the kings of the nations are handed over to him, and the king of Judah, and the beasts of the field. SCHOLIA 1. In what way, he says, is the devil an enemy of God and an avenger. 2. A soul separated by the devil, ignoring or despising the divine threat through temptations, that is, the punishment, makes itself a cause of impiety toward the commandment. For it abandons God and flees to the devil, regarding the enemy as a redeemer. 3. He says that a soul corroded by the filth of pleasure is cleansed by toil, and that toil completely strips away its attachment to material things, once it has learned by loss the harm of its friendship toward them; for this reason God permits the devil, by a just judgment, to oppress men with torments. 4. Present things, he says, only flatter the senses, bringing no profit, whereas the punishment that comes through the devil, by God's permission, makes us hate and despise them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:114 · narrative
Source
5. Ὁ πάσχων φησίν, ὑπέρ χάριτος Θεοῦ παραβαθείσης, ἐάν ἐπιγνῷ τῆς ἰωμένης αὐτόν θείας προνοίας τόν λόγον, τήν τε συμφοράν εὐχαρίστως δέχεται χαίρων, καί τήν ὑπέρ ἧς παιδεύεται διορθοῦται πλημμέλειαν· ὁ δέ ταύτης ( ἀναισθητῶν τῆς ἰατρείας τῆς δοθείσης, ἐνδίκως ἀπάγεται χάριτος, καί τῇ συγχύσει τῶν παθῶν παραδίδοται· πρός τήν πρᾶξιν ἐλθεῖν καταλιμπανόμενος, ὧν ἐνδιαθέτως εἶχε τήν ἔφεσιν. 6. Τήν μέν εἰρήνην κατά προσηγορίαν εἶχεν τοῦ ὀνόματος· τήν δέ σοφίαν κατά θείαν δωρεάν ὡς προσευχῆς καρπόν εἶχεν ὁ Σαλομῶν. 7. Εἰς τόν φυσικόν νόμον ἐνταῦθα μεταλαμβάνει τόν Ναβουχοδονόσορ, καί εἰς τήν ἕξιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ φυσικοῦ νόμου τόν υἱόν αὐτοῦ Βαλτάσαρ. 8. Ἐκ τῆς εὐχῆς δῆλόν ἐστι, φησίν, ὅτι τόν φυσικόν νόμον, καί τήν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τικτομένην ἕξιν ἐνταῦθα σημαίνουσι Ναβουχοδονόσορ τε καί Βαλτάσαρ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τόν διάβολον· οὐδείς γάρ εὐχήν ὑπέρ τοῦ διαβόλου γίνεσθαι παντελῶς ἐξηγεῖται· ἥν γάρ οὐ διέβαλεν εὐχήν ὁ τῆς προφητείας λόγος, οὐ χρή νομίζειν ὑπέρ τοῦ διαβόλου τοῦ ταύτην τῷ Θεῷ προσενηνέχθαι.
English
5. The one who suffers, he says, for the sake of God's grace that has been transgressed, if he recognizes the reason of the divine providence that heals him, both receives his misfortune with thanksgiving, rejoicing, and corrects the transgression for which he is being disciplined; but the one who is insensible to this healing that has been given is justly deprived of grace, and is handed over to the confusion of the passions, being left to come to the practice of those things whose desire he had inwardly. 6. Solomon had peace according to the appellation of the name; but wisdom he had according to divine gift, as the fruit of prayer. 7. Here Nebuchadnezzar is taken to mean the natural law, and his son Belshazzar the habit of that same natural law. 8. From the prayer, he says, it is clear that Nebuchadnezzar and Belshazzar here signify the natural law and the habit born from it, but not the devil; for no one altogether explains that a prayer is made for the devil; for the prayer which the word of prophecy did not disparage, one must not think was offered to God for the devil.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:115 · narrative
Source
ΚΖ (27). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΑΠΟΚΑΛΥΨΕΩΣ ΠΕΤΡΟΥ ΤΗΣ ΕΠΙ ΚΟΡΝΗΛΙΩ. 27. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΖ' Τοῦ Κυρίου μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν φανερῶς ἐντειλαμένου μαθητεῦσαι πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, πῶς ἐδεῖτο ὁ Πέτρος τῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ Κορνηλίου ἀποκαλύψεως διὰ τὰ ἔθνη; ἢ πῶς οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀκούσαντες ἀπόστολοι τὰ κατὰ τὸν Κορνήλιον διεκρίνοντο πρὸς τὸν Πέτρον; Ἀπόκρισις. Πάνυ μὲν οὖν ἐδεῖτο τῆς περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν θείας ἀποκαλύψεως ὁ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔξαρχος Πέτρος ὁ πανάγιος. Οὐ γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν ὅτι περιτομῆς καὶ ἀκροβυστίας οὐκ ἔστι διαστολὴ κατὰ τὴν πίστιν, οὔτε μὴν ᾔδει σαφῶς ὅτι δίχα τῆς κατὰ νόμον φαινομένης λατρείας μαθητευθῆναι τὰ ἔθνη ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν, ἕως οὗ τῆς ἀπορρήτου βουλῆς αὐτῷ δι᾽ ἀποκαλύψεως ἐφανέρωσε ( τὸ μυστήριον, διά τε τοῦ κατὰ τὴν σινδόνα παραδείγματος πείσας, διά τε τῆς ἴσως αὐτῷ κατὰ μόνην τὴν πίστιν δοθείσης καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσι χάριτος τοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, ὡς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν Χριστῷ διαστολὴ Ἰουδαίου τε καὶ Ἕλληνος· ὅπερ καὶ οἱ ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἀγνοοῦντες ἀπόστολοι διεκρίνοντο πρὸς αὐτόν, ἕως ἔμαθον καὶ αὐτοὶ τὸν ἐν ἀποκρύφοις πλοῦτον τῆς ἐπὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους θείας χρηστότητος. Θείας γὰρ ζωῆς ἦν καὶ καινῆς λατρείας παρὰ τὴν νομικὴν ἐπεισαγωγή, καὶ ψυχῆς ἑκουσίως σώματος ἑαυτὴν ἀπολυούσης κατὰ τὴν γνώμην ὑπῆρχε διδαχὴ καὶ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς θειοτέρας γενέσεως ὑποτύπωσις ἡ τοῦ κηρύγματος χάρις. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῆς τοῦ προστάξαντος ἔχρῃζον ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ λόγῳ διδαχῆς οἱ ταύτην πιστευθέντες τὴν διακονίαν.
English
27. QUESTION 27. Since the Lord after the resurrection clearly commanded that all the nations be made disciples, why did Peter need the revelation concerning Cornelius for the sake of the nations? Or how did the apostles in Jerusalem, when they heard the things concerning Cornelius, dispute with Peter? ANSWER. Most certainly the all-holy Peter, the leader of the apostles, did need the divine revelation concerning the nations. For he did not know that there is no distinction between circumcision and uncircumcision in respect of faith, nor indeed did he clearly know that the Lord said the nations were to be made disciples apart from the worship that appears according to the law, until by revelation he made known to him the secret counsel, the mystery, having persuaded him both by the example of the sheet and by the grace of the Holy Spirit that was given, as was fitting, to him and to the nations through faith alone, so that there is no distinction in Christ between Jew and Greek; which the apostles in Jerusalem also, not knowing it, disputed with him, until they too learned the wealth hidden in secret of the divine goodness toward all men. For the grace of the preaching was a teaching of divine life and of a new worship introduced alongside the legal one, and a pattern of another, more divine principle of generation, belonging to a soul that voluntarily releases itself from the body according to its own judgment. And for this reason those who were entrusted with this ministry needed, at every word, the teaching of the one who commanded it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:116 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δέ τῳ μὴ δοκῶ τοῦ δέοντος εἶναι περιεργότερος, πᾶς λόγος θείας ἐντολῆς χρῄζει πάντως τοῦ ἐπ᾽ αὐτῷ πρὸς ἐνέργειαν ὁρισθέντος τρόπου διδαχῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως. Οὐ γάρ ἐστι τὸ παράπαν ὁ διαγινώσκων τόν τινος λόγου τρόπον χωρὶς τῆς τοῦ φαμένου τὸν λόγον ἀποκαλύψεως· ὅπερ εἰδὼς καὶ ὁ πανεύφημος Πέτρος, λαβὼν ἤδη παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου τὸν περὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν τοῦ κηρύγματος λόγον, οὐκ ἐνεχείρησεν, ἀναμένων διδαχθῆναι παρὰ τοῦ δόντος τὸν λόγον τοῦ λόγου τὸν τρόπον. Τάχα δὲ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς τούτοις ἦν, ἅπερ διὰ τῆς καθιεμένης οὐρανόθεν ὀθόνης καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ διαφόρων ζῴων ὁ μέγας ἐδιδάσκετο Πέτρος, μᾶλλον δὲ τὸ πᾶν γένος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ ὁ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν ἐπειλημμένος τῆς κατὰ τὴν πίστιν θείας ἀκρότητος, μανθάνων διαρρήδην πᾶσαν ἑαυτοῦ παντελῶς ἀποσβέσαι τὴν αἴσθησιν· καθ᾽ ἣν ἕως ὁρᾷ τὰ φαινόμενα, φθαρτικὴν ἑαυτῆς τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ κτίσιν ἐπίσταται, μὴ δυναμένην φθορᾶς εἶναι καθαρὰν καὶ συγχύσεως. Διὰ μὲν οὖν τῆς ὀθόνης καὶ τῶν ἐν ( αὐτῇ ζῴων τὸν φαινόμενον προεδείκνυε διὰ τοῦ ἀοράτου κόσμον τοῖς λόγοις νοούμενον ἢ τὸν ἀόρατον τοῖς τῶν αἰσθητῶν τύποις φαινόμενον ὁ πρὸς αὐτὸν χρηματίζων καὶ πρὸς ἐδωδὴν πνευματικὴν ἐπιτήδειον. Διό φησιν ἀναστάς, Πέτρε, θῦσον καὶ φάγε. Πόθεν ἀναστῆναι κελεύεται;
English
If I seem to anyone to be more meddlesome than is fitting, every word of a divine commandment absolutely needs the manner of teaching and revelation appointed for it in order to be put into action. For there is no one at all who understands the manner of any word without the revelation of the one who spoke the word. Knowing this, the all-praised Peter also, having already received from the Lord the word concerning the preaching to the nations, did not undertake it, waiting to be taught by the one who gave the word the manner of the word. And perhaps there were other things besides these, which the great Peter was taught through the sheet let down from heaven and the various animals in it—or rather the whole race of mankind, or he who in his own person had grasped the divine summit of faith—learning plainly to extinguish completely every sensation of his own; according to which, as long as he sees the things that appear, he knows God's creation to be corruptive of itself, unable to be pure of corruption and confusion. So then, through the sheet and the animals in it, he who spoke with him and made it fit for spiritual eating was prefiguring the visible world understood by the invisible through words, or the invisible world made visible by the types of sensible things. Therefore he says, "Rise, Peter, sacrifice and eat." From where is he commanded to rise?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:117 · narrative
Source
Πόθεν ἄλλοθεν ἢ τῆς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἕξεώς τε καὶ σχέσεως καὶ τῆς περὶ τῶν ὄντων χθαμαλωτέρας προλήψεως ἢ τῆς νομιζομένης κατὰ νόμον δικαιοσύνης, ἵνα, κατὰ μόνον τὸν νοῦν, πάσης ἀπολελυμένον τῆς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν φαντασίας, δυνηθεὶς σχημάτων γυμνοὺς θεάσασθαι τοὺς λόγους τῶν αἰσθητῶν, ἐπιγνῷ τοὺς τύπους τῶν νοητῶν καὶ μάθῃ μηδὲν τῶν ὑπὸ Θεοῦ γεγονότων ἀκάθαρτον εἶναι. Ὁ γὰρ θεωρήσας ἐκ τοῦ νοητοῦ κόσμου προφαινομένην τοῖς λόγοις τὴν ὁρωμένην κτίσιν ἢ τοὺς τύπους τῶν νοητῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν φαινομένων διακοσμήσεως, καθάπερ οὐρανόθεν ὀθόνην καθιεμένην, οὐδὲν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναι πιστεύσειε τῶν ὁρατῶν, μηδεμίαν τοῖς τῶν ὄντων λόγοις ἐμφαινομένην θεωρῶν ἀντιπάθειαν. Ἡ φθορὰ γὰρ ἐν τῇ αἰσθήσει καθέστηκε καὶ ὁ τῶν γεγονότων πρὸς ἄλληλα πόλεμος· ἐν δὲ τοῖς λόγοις οὐδὲν ὑπάρχει καθάπαξ ἐναντίον. Ἔστι μὲν οὖν ἡ ὀθόνη ὁ αἰσθητὸς κόσμος ἐκ τεσσάρων ἀρχῶν, καθάπερ στοιχείων, καὶ αὐτὸς κρατούμενος· τὰ δὲ ἑρπετὰ καὶ τὰ θηρία καὶ τὰ πετεινὰ οἱ διάφοροι λόγοι τῶν γεγονότων εἰσίν, πρὸς μὲν αἴσθησιν ὄντες ἀκάθαρτοι, πρὸς δὲ νοῦν καθαροί τε καὶ τρόφιμοι καὶ τῆς νοουμένης συστατικοὶ τυγχάνοντες ζωῆς· ἡ δὲ ἐκ τρίτου γενομένη φωνὴ πρακτικὴν καὶ φυσικὴν καὶ θεολογικὴν διδάσκει φιλοσοφίαν. Δεῖ γὰρ οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς ἀναστάντα, θῦσαι τὴν κτίσιν τῶν φαινομένων καὶ φαγεῖν αὐτὴν γνωστικῶς τὸν τῷ Θεῷ διόλου γνησίως ἑψόμενον. Ὁ γὰρ ἀναστὰς τῆς ἐμπαθοῦς περὶ τὰ φαινόμενα διαθέσεως τὴν τῶν φαινομένων ἔθυσε κίνησιν καὶ τὴν πρακτικὴν κατορθώσας ἔφαγεν ἀρετήν·
English
From where else than from the sensory habit and disposition and the more lowly preconception concerning beings, or from the righteousness thought to be according to law, so that, by the intellect alone, released from all sensory imagination, having been able to behold the principles of sensible things stripped of forms, he might recognize the types of intelligible things and learn that nothing of the things that have come to be by God is unclean. For he who has contemplated from the intelligible world the visible creation shining forth in its principles, or the types of intelligible things from the ordering of things that appear, as a sheet let down from heaven, would believe that nothing of visible things is unclean, beholding no antipathy manifest in the principles of beings. For corruption consists in sensation and the war of things that have come to be against one another; but in the principles there is nothing at all contrary. The sheet, then, is the sensible world, itself held together from four principles, as it were elements; and the creeping things and the wild beasts and the birds are the various principles of things that have come to be, being unclean with respect to sensation, but with respect to the intellect clean and nourishing and constitutive of the life that is understood; and the voice that came the third time teaches practical and natural and theological philosophy. For it is necessary, not once but twice and three times, having risen, to sacrifice the creation of things that appear and to eat it cognitively—for the one who follows God wholly genuinely. For he who has risen from the passionate disposition toward things that appear has sacrificed the movement of things that appear, and having set right the practical life has eaten virtue;
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:118 · narrative
Source
ὁ δὲ τῆς ψευδοῦς περὶ ( τῶν ὄντων δόξης ἀναστὰς τὰ μὲν τῶν φαινομένων ἔθυσε σχήματα, τοὺς δὲ μὴ φαινομένους λόγους φαγὼν τὴν ἐν πνεύματι φυσικὴν θεωρίαν κατώρθωσεν· ὁ δὲ τῆς πολυθέου πλάνης ἀναστὰς αὐτὴν μὲν τῶν ὄντων τὴν οὐσίαν κατέθυσε, τὴν δὲ τῶν ὄντων αἰτίαν κατὰ πίστιν φαγὼν θεολογικῆς ἐνεφορήθη δυνάμεως. Πᾶς οὖν θεωρητικὸς νοῦς, ἔχων τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστι ῥῆμα Θεοῦ, ἐν ἑαυτῷ τῆς φαινομένης κτίσεως ἀποκτείνας τὴν κίνησιν, κατώρθωσεν ἀρετὴν καί, τῶν αἰσθητῶν σχημάτων ἑαυτοῦ τὴν φαντασίαν ἀποτεμών, τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τῶν ὄντων εὗρεν ἀλήθειαν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ φυσικὴ θεωρία συνέστηκε, καί, τῆς οὐσίας τῶν ὄντων ὑπεράνω γενόμενος, τὸν τῆς θείας καὶ ἀμάχου μονάδος δέχεται φωτισμόν, καθ᾽ ὃν τῆς ἀληθοῦς θεολογίας συνέστηκε τὸ μυστήριον. Ἢ τυχὸν ἐκελεύετο θεόθεν ἡ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἀκρότης, Πέτρος ὁ πανένδοξος, ἀναστὰς τῆς συμμεμετρημένης τῇ φύσει δυνάμεως ἐπὶ τὴν κατὰ χάριν θείαν εὐκληρίαν, μετὰ Θεοῦ καταθῦσαι τῇ μαχαίρᾳ τοῦ λόγου τὰ ἐν ἀνθρώποις πάθη τῆς μοχθηρίας καὶ ποιῆσαι βρῶμα καλὸν καὶ τῷ λόγῳ πρόσφορον καὶ εἰς πέψιν πνευματικὴν ἀναδιδόμενον τῇ ἀποθέσει τῆς προτέρας ἐμπαθοῦς καὶ θηριώδους ζωῆς. Φασὶ γὰρ ζωῆς σύμβολον εἶναι τὸ αἷμα, ὅπερ πάντως ἀπορρεῖν σφαττομένου ζῴου πέφυκεν. Καὶ δηλοῖ τάχα τῶν δειχθέντων ζῴων ἡ διαφορὰ τὴν ἐν ἀνθρώποις τῶν παθῶν ποικιλίαν.
English
But the one who has risen above the false opinion concerning beings sacrificed the forms of things that appear, and having eaten the reasons of things that do not appear, he set right the natural contemplation that is in the Spirit. And the one who has risen above the polytheistic error sacrificed the very substance of beings, and having eaten by faith the cause of beings, he was filled with the power of theological knowledge. Every contemplative intellect, therefore, having the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God, within itself, having killed the motion of the visible creation, set right virtue, and having cut off from itself the imagination of sensory forms, found the truth in the reasons of beings, in accordance with which natural contemplation consists, and, having become above the substance of beings, receives the illumination of the divine and unyielding monad, in accordance with which the mystery of true theology consists. Or perhaps the chief of the apostles, Peter the all-glorious, was commanded from God, having risen from the power measured to nature to the divine inheritance according to grace, to sacrifice with God by the sword of the word the passions of wickedness that are in human beings, and to make a good food, both suitable for the word and assimilated for spiritual digestion by the setting aside of the former passionate and beastly life. For they say that blood is a symbol of life, which by nature always flows out when an animal is slaughtered. And perhaps the difference of the animals shown reveals the variety of passions in human beings.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:119 · narrative
Source
Τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἑρπετὰ τοὺς ἅπαν τὸ ἐπιθυμητικὸν τοῖς γηΐνοις ἐπισυρόμενον ἔχοντας προδείκνυσι, τὰ δὲ θηρία τοὺς ὅλον τὸ θυμικὸν εἰς τὴν ἀλλήλων φθορὰν ἐκμανῶς διεγείραντας, τὰ δὲ πετεινὰ τοὺς ὅλον τὸ λογικὸν πρὸς τὴν ὕβριν τῆς ὑπερηφανίας ἀνώσαντας καὶ τὴν ἐξ αὐτῆς ὑψηλοφροσύνην καὶ ἀδικίαν λαλοῦντας εἰς τὸ ὕψος καὶ ( θεμένους εἰς οὐρανὸν τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν· ἅπερ οἷα Θεῷ συνεργὸς ὁ μέγας Πέτρος καταθύσας τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ Πνεύματος, τοὺς μὲν ἐποίησε τῶν οὐρανίων ἐπιθυμητάς, τοὺς δὲ ἡμέρους καὶ φιλανθρώπους καὶ ἀλλήλων ἀνθεκτικούς, τοὺς δὲ φιλοθέους καὶ ταπεινόφρονας. Τί δὲ καὶ Ἰόππη βούλεται δηλοῦν διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας τοῦ οἰκείου ὀνόματος, ἐν ᾗ ταύτην εἶδε τὴν ὀπτασίαν ἡ μεγάλη τῆς Ἐκκλησίας κρηπίς, Πέτρος ὁ πανάγιος, κατίδωμεν. Ἰόππη κατασκοπὴ ἑρμηνεύεται, τὴν πρακτικοῖς πρέπουσαν φυλακὴν σημαίνουσα. Παρ᾽ αὐτὴν γὰρ κειμένη τῆς θαλάσσης τὴν ὄχθαν, πολλοῖς ἂν ἐβάλλετο κύμασιν, εἰ μὴ ἐφ᾽ ὕψους εἶχε τὴν θέσιν ἡ πόλις. Ὅθεν μοι φαίνεται δηλοῦν τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕψους τῆς γνώσεως, καθάπερ πόλιν, οἰκοδομοῦντα τὴν ἀρετήν, οὐ μακρὰν δὲ τῶν ἀκουσίων ὄντα πειρασμῶν, ἔχοντα παρακειμένην ἐγγύθεν, καθάπερ θάλασσαν, τὴν μήπω τελείως ἀπορραπισθεῖσαν σχέσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατασκοπῆς δεόμενον, μήπως, λαθόντες διὰ τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν, ποιήσωνται τὴν τῶν
English
For the reptiles prefigure those who drag the whole desiring faculty down to earthly things, and the wild beasts those who rouse the whole irascible faculty to mad destruction of one another, and the birds those who thrust the whole rational faculty toward the insolence of pride and speak the loftiness and injustice that comes from it against the height, and set their mouth in heaven. These, as a fellow-worker with God, the great Peter sacrificed by the word of the Spirit, and made some of them desirous of heavenly things, others gentle and humane and supportive of one another, and others lovers of God and humble-minded. But let us consider what Joppa also wishes to signify through the interpretation of its own name, in which the great foundation of the Church, the all-holy Peter, saw this vision. Joppa is interpreted as "watchtower," signifying the guard that befits those engaged in the practical life. For lying beside the shore of the sea, it would be battered by many waves, unless the city had its position on a height. Whence it seems to me to signify the one who builds virtue like a city on the height of knowledge, but is not far from involuntary temptations, having close at hand, like the sea, the relation to sensible things not yet perfectly calmed, and for this reason needing watchfulness, lest, escaping notice through involuntary temptations, they make the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:120 · narrative
Source
ἑκουσίων παθῶν ἐπιδρομὴν οἱ ἀκάθαρτοι δαίμονες. Ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς μερίδος τυγχάνουσα τῆς φυλῆς Ἰσσάχαρ Ἰόππημισθὸς δὲ καὶ κάματος οὗτος ἑρμηνεύεται δίδωσι πλέον νοεῖν ὅτι πρακτικῆς ἐστιν ἕξις φυλακτικὴ Ἰόππη, τὰς ἀοράτους ἐφόδους φυλαττομένη τῶν πνευμάτων τῆς πονηρίας. Ταύτης οὖν ἀναστάντα πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑψηλῶν γνῶσιν μεταθεῖναι τὸν νοῦν ἴσως ἐκελεύετο ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος. Ὁ τοίνυν τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας οἰκῶν τὸ τῆς κατασκοπῆς ὕψος ἐν Ἰόππῃ λεγέσθω εἶναι, ὁ δὲ τὴν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις Σιὼν κατοικῶν, τουτέστι τὸ σκοπευτήριον τὸ κατὰ τὴν ὅρασιν τῆς εἰρήνης ἰδρυμένοντοῦτο γὰρ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἑρμηνεύεται, πάσης μακρὰν γέγονε τῆς κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν σχέσεως, ὅσον ἱστορικῶς τοῦ τόπου τῆς Σιὼν κατὰ τὴν θέσιν ἡ θάλασσα, ( καὶ σκοπεύει μόνον κατὰ τὸ ὕψος ὑπάρχων τῆς γνώσεως τὰ νοητὰ τῶν ὄντων θεάματα τῇ κατὰ νοῦν περιαιρέσει τῶν φαινομένων ἐν τοῖς οὖσι σχημάτων, καὶ δέχεται τὰς τῶν θείων ἐμφάσεις κατὰ τὸ θεμιτὸν ἐκφανεῖς, τυποῦσας αὐτοῦ τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν πρὸς τὸ θειότερον. Ὁ γοῦν οἰκῶν Ἰόππην πρακτικός ἐστι, καταθεωρῶν τῶν ἐναντίων τὰ θήρατρα, ὁ δὲ κατοικῶν ἐν Σιὼν γνωστικός ἐστι, μόνην κατὰ νοῦν τῶν θείων θεωρῶν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν.
English
the impetuous assault of the voluntary passions, the unclean demons. But also, obtaining the portion of the tribe of Issachar—Joppa, which is interpreted as "recompense and toil"—this gives us to understand further that the practical faculty is a guarding habit, guarding against the invisible assaults of the spirits of wickedness. From this, then, the great apostle was perhaps commanded to rise and transfer his mind to the knowledge of things on high. Therefore let him who dwells in the height of the watchtower of practical philosophy be said to be in Joppa, while he who dwells in Zion in Jerusalem—that is, the watchtower established in the vision of peace (for Jerusalem is interpreted as this)—has come far from every relation according to sense, as far as, historically, the sea is from the position of the place of Zion, and he contemplates only, being in the height of knowledge, the intelligible spectacles of beings by the mental removal of the visible forms among beings, and receives the manifestations of divine things, visible as far as is lawful, which imprint his ruling faculty toward the more divine. He, then, who dwells in Joppa is the practical man, contemplating the snares of the adversaries, while he who dwells in Zion is the gnostic, contemplating with the mind only the comeliness of divine things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:121 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ πάλιν εἰς οὐρανὸν ἀνεσπάσθη τὸ σκεῦος τῆς ὀθόνης, νοήσωμεν ὅτι μετὰ τὸ δειχθῆναι τῷ μεγάλῳ Πέτρῳ τοὺς τῶν αἰσθητῶν πνευματικοὺς λόγους τοῖς νοητοῖς συνυπάρχοντας, πάλιν ἀνέλκει πρὸς ἑαυτὸν τούτους ὁ Θεός, διδάσκων ὡς οὐδὲν ὧν οἱ λόγοι παρ᾽ αὐτῷ μένουσιν, ἔστι καθάπαξ ἀκάθαρτον. Διό, γνοὺς τῶν ὁραθέντων τὴν δύναμιν ὁ μέγας ἀπόστολος, ἔμαθε μηδένα λέγειν ἀκάθαρτον ἄνθρωπον, μηδὲ προσωποληψίαν εἶναι παρὰ Θεῷ, ποιουμένην ἄδικον τὴν τῶν ὄντων διαίρεσιν. Ὅθεν, μηδὲν μελλήσας, τὸ θεῖον ἐπλήρωσε πρόσταγμα, καταθύσας πρὸς ζωὴν πνευματικὴν τοὺς τὴν καρδίαν ἑκουσίως περιτεμνομένους τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος, καὶ πᾶσαν ἀπιστίας κακίας τε καὶ ἀγνωσίας ἀκαθαρσίαν καθάπερ ἀκροβυστίαν ἀποβαλλομένους, τῆς δὲ σαρκὸς μηδὲν τῶν προσόντων αὐτῇ φυσικῶν περιτέμνοντας ὧν οὐκ ἐξ ἐμπαθοῦς γνώμης ἡ σύστασις, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ θείας δημιουργίας ἡ γένεσις. Οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἀκάθαρτον, ὅτι Θεὸν ἔχει τῆς ὑπάρξεως αἴτιον. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ζωῆς μετάθεσίν φησι καί λατρείαν ἀγγελικήν, καί πρός σῶμα ψυχῆς ἑκούσιον ἀλλοτρίωσιν· καί τῆς ἐν Πνεύματι θείας μεταποιήσεως γένεσιν, τό τῆς νέας Διαθήκης καταγγέλλει μυστήριον.
English
But if again the vessel of the sheet was drawn up into heaven, let us understand that after the spiritual principles of sensible things, existing together with the intelligible things, were shown to the great Peter, God again draws these back to himself, teaching that nothing of which the principles remain in him is altogether unclean. Therefore, the great apostle, having recognized the power of the things seen, learned that no one should call any man unclean, nor that there is partiality with God, making the division of beings unjust. Hence, delaying nothing, he fulfilled the divine command, sacrificing for spiritual life those who willingly circumcise their heart by the word of grace, and who cast off all uncleanness of unbelief, wickedness, and ignorance as a foreskin, while not circumcising anything of the flesh's natural attributes that belong to it—attributes whose constitution is not from a passionate disposition but whose generation is from divine creation. For nothing according to nature is unclean, because it has God as the cause of its existence. SCHOLIA 1. He speaks of a translation of life and an angelic service, and a voluntary alienation of the soul from the body; and the generation of the divine transformation in the Spirit proclaims the mystery of the New Testament.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:122 · narrative
Source
2. Ἕτερος, φησίν, ὁ τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐστι λόγος, καί ἕτερος ὁ τοῦ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἐντολὴν τρόπος. Λαβών οὖν ὁ μέγας Πέτρος τὴν περί τῶν ἐθνῶν τοῦ κηρύγματος ἐντολήν, ἀγνοῶν διά ( τῆς ὀθόνης τῆς ἐντολῆς ἐδιδάσκετο τόν τρόπον· ὅτι δίχα περιτομῆς, καί τῶν λοιπῶν τοῦ νόμου σωματικωτέρων, ἐθῶν χρή τῶν ἐθνῶν γενέσθαι τήν κλῆσιν. Πνευματικήν γάρ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος περιτομήν, ἐμπαθοῦς σχέσεως πρός σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτομήν. 3. Ὁ μή τοῖς σχήμασι τῶν ὁρατῶν ἐναπομένων διά τήν αἴσθησιν, ἀλλά κατά νοῦν τούς λόγους αὐτῶν ἀναζητῶν, ὡς νοητῶν τύπους, ἤ λόγους αἰσθητῶν θεώμενος κτισμάτων, οὐδέν ἀκάθαρτον εἶναι τῶν ὁρωμένων διδάσκεται. Πάντα γάρ φύσει καλά λίαν καθέστηκεν. 4. Ὁ τῇ κινήσει φησίν τῶν αἰσθητῶν μή συναλλοιούμενος, ἀκίβδηλον τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν μετέρχεται πρᾶξιν. Ὁ δέ τοῖς αὐτῶν σχήμασι μή διατυπώσας τόν νοῦν, τήν ἀληθῆ περί τῶν ὄντων ἀπείληφε δόξαν. Ὁ δέ καί αὐτήν τήν οὐσίαν τῶν ὄντων τῇ διανοίᾳ παραδραμών ὡς ἄριστος θεολόγος μετά ταύτην ἀγνώστως τῇ μονάδι προσέβαλεν. Οὐκοῦν ὁ τρίτον ἐν ἑαυτῷ καταθύσας τήν κτίσιν τῶν ὁρωμένων, τῆς τῶν τελείων ἄξιος γέγονε τάξεως.
English
2. The principle of the commandment, he says, is one thing, and the manner of fulfilling the commandment is another. So when the great Peter received the commandment concerning the preaching to the Gentiles, being ignorant, he was taught the manner through the sheet of the commandment: that without circumcision, and the rest of the more bodily customs of the law, the calling of the Gentiles must take place. For the principle knows a spiritual circumcision, the excision of the soul's passionate attachment to the body. 3. He who does not remain in the shapes of visible things because of sensation, but seeks out their principles by the mind, contemplating them as types of intelligible things, or as principles of sensible created things, is taught that nothing of the things seen is unclean. For all things are by nature very beautiful. 4. He who is not changed along with the motion of sensible things pursues the unadulterated practice of the virtues. And he who has not molded his mind to their shapes has received the true opinion concerning beings. And he who has run past even the very essence of beings in his thought, as the best theologian, after this has approached the monad in unknowing. Therefore he who has sacrificed the creation of visible things third within himself has become worthy of the order of the perfect.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:123 · narrative
Source
5. Ἰόππη μέν ἕξις ἐστίν ἀρετῆς, φησίν, τήν ἐκ τῶν παρακειμένων αἰσθητῶν φυλαττομένη βλάβην. Ἡ δέ Σιών ἕξις ἐστί γνωστική, τήν τῶν νοητῶν σκοπεύουσα χαρισμάτων ὑποδοχήν. ΚΗ (28). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΔΕΥΤΕ ΚΑΙ ΚΑΤΑΒΑΝΤΕΣ ΣΥΓΧΕΩΜΕΝ ΑΥΤΩΝ ΤΑΣ ΓΛΩΣΣΑΣ". 28. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΗ' Τὸ δεῦτε καὶ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν αὐτῶν τὰς γλώσσας πρὸς τίνας ἔλεγεν ὁ Θεός; Ἀπόκρισις. Πρὸς τὴν ὑποκειμένην τῶν προνοουμένων διάθεσιν εὑρίσκομεν τὴν ἁγίαν Γραφὴν τὸν Θεὸν διαπλάττουσαν, ὅθεν καὶ ( λέοντα καὶ ἄρκον καὶ πάρδαλιν καὶ πάνθηρα καὶ ἄνθρωπον καὶ βοῦν καὶ πρόβατον καὶ ἥλιον καὶ ἀστέρα καὶ πῦρ καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ ἄλλα μυρία, ἅπερ μηδαμῶς ὑπάρχων, λέγεται, κατὰ τὴν ἑκάστης φωνῆς ἐπίνοιαν θεωρούμενος. Τῷ γοῦν Ἀβραὰμ φανεὶς ὁ Θεὸς ὄντι τελείῳ κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν, ἐν τῷ περὶ μονάδος λόγῳ τὸν ἄϋλον περὶ Τριάδος εἶναι λόγον ἐδίδασκεν ἤδη τὸν νοῦν ἔχοντα τῆς ὕλης παντελῶς καὶ τῶν κατ᾽ αὐτὴν τύπων ἐκβεβηκότα, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὡς τρεῖς ἐφαίνετο καὶ ὡς εἷς διελέγετο. Τῷ δὲ Λώτ, μήπω τῆς τῶν σωμάτων καθαρὸν τὸν νοῦν ποιησαμένῳ συνθέσεως, ἀλλ᾽ ἔτι τῆς ἐξ ὕλης καὶ εἴδους τῶν σωμάτων γενέσεως ἐξηρτημένῳ καὶ μόνης δημιουργὸν εἶναι πιστεύοντι τὸν Θεὸν τῆς ὁρατῆς κτίσεως, ἐμφανιζόμενος ὁ Θεὸς δυϊκῶς ἀλλ᾽ οὐ τριαδικῶς ἐφάνη, δεικνὺς δι᾽ ὧν αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐσχημάτιζε μήπω τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ εἴδους ἐκβεβηκέναι τὸν ἀναγόμενον νοῦν. Οὕτως, ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ τόπῳ τῆς τὸν Θεὸν πολυτρόπως διαπλαττούσης Γραφῆς τοὺς λόγους μετ᾽ ἐπιστήμης διασκοπούμενος, εὑρήσεις αἰτίαν εἶναι τῆς πολλῆς τῶν θείων πλασμάτων ἐξαλλαγῆς τὴν τῶν προνοουμένων διάθεσιν.
English
5. Joppa, he says, is a habit of virtue, guarding against the harm that comes from the sensible things lying at hand. But Zion is a gnostic habit, looking toward the reception of the intelligible gifts. CH (28). CONCERNING "COME AND LET US GO DOWN AND CONFUSE THEIR TONGUES." 28. QUESTION 28: To whom was God speaking when he said, "Come and let us go down and confuse their tongues"? Answer. We find that Holy Scripture, in accordance with the underlying disposition of those under providence, shapes God accordingly; whence also it calls him lion and bear and leopard and panther and man and ox and sheep and sun and star and fire and spirit and countless other things, which he in no way is, but is said to be, being contemplated according to the conception of each name. So when God appeared to Abraham, who was perfect in knowledge, in the discourse concerning the monad he taught the immaterial discourse concerning the Trinity, since his mind had already completely transcended matter and the types that are in it, and for this reason he both appeared as three and conversed as one. But to Lot, who had not yet made his mind pure of the composition of bodies, but was still dependent on the generation of bodies from matter and form, and who believed that God was the maker only of the visible creation, God, appearing, was shown in a twofold manner but not in a threefold manner, showing by the forms in which he shaped himself that the mind being led up had not yet transcended matter and form. In this way, examining with knowledge the meanings in each place of Scripture, which shapes God in many ways, you will find that the disposition of those under providence is the cause of the great variety of the divine figures.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:124 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν καὶ οἱ τὸν πύργον οἰκοδομήσαντες, πρότερον τῆς τοῦ φωτὸς χώρας τῆς ἀνατολῆς κινηθέντες, λέγω δὲ τῆς μιᾶς καὶ ἀληθοῦς περὶ θεὸν γνώσεως, ἦλθον εἰς γῆν Σενναάρ, τὴν ἑρμηνευομένην βλασφήμους ὀδόντας, καὶ εἰς πολλὰς περὶ θεότητος δόξας κατέπεσον καί, τὸν ἑκάστης δόξης λόγον οἱονεὶ πλίνθους τινὰς συνθήσαντες, ᾠκοδόμησαν καθάπερ πύργον τὴν πολύθεον ἀθεΐαν, εἰκότως ὁ τῆς κακῆς συμφωνίας τῶν πλανηθέντων ἀνθρώπων διασκεδάζων τὴν ὁμολογίαν Θεὸς ἐκ τῆς τῶν προνοουμένων διαθέσεως, εἰς ἀπείρους δόξας διασκεδασθείσης τε καὶ διασπασθείσης, πληθυντικῶς ἑαυτὸν ὀνομάζει, δεικνὺς ὅτι, εἷς ὤν, εἰς πολλοὺς ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐμερίσθη, ( ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀδὰμ φαίνεται λέγων ἰδοὺ γέγονεν Ἀδὰμ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν. Πρὸς οὖν τὸ ὑποκείμενον αἴτιον ἢ πληθύνεται ταῖς τῶν Γραφῶν ἐκφωνήσεσιν ὁ Θεὸς ἢ συνάγεται. Τὸ δὲ πρὸς τίνας ὁ Θεὸς διαλέγεται· ἔθος ἐστὶ τῇ Γραφῇ τὰς ἀλαλήτους καὶ κρυφίας βουλὰς τοῦ Θεοῦ σωματικῶς διαπλάττειν, ἵν᾽ ἡμεῖς ἐκ τῶν συγγενῶν ῥημάτων τε καὶ φωνῶν νοῆσαι τὰ θεῖα δυνηθῶμεν, ἐπεὶ ὁ Θεὸς νοῦς ἐστι ἄγνωστος καὶ λόγος ἄρρητος καὶ ζωὴ ἀκατάληπτος, καὶ οὔτε λαλεῖ οὔτε λαλεῖται, αὐτόλογος ὢν καὶ αὐτοβουλὴ κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ὑπάρχων. Καὶ εἰ οὕτω νοήσομεν τὰς τῶν θείων Λογίων φωνάς, οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐκ τῆς ἀσαφείας προσκόψομεν. Εἰ δέ τις φαίη μὴ πάντως ἐπὶ διαβολῆς κεῖσθαι τῇ Γραφῇ τὴν περὶ Θεοῦ πληθυντικὴν σημασίαν καὶ προφέρει πρὸς τὴν τοῦ οἰκείου λόγου βεβαίωσιν τὸ καὶ εἶπεν ὁ Θεός·
English
Since, then, those who built the tower, having first departed from the region of light, the east—I mean the one and true knowledge of God—came into the land of Sennaar, which is interpreted as blasphemous teeth, and fell into many opinions concerning the Godhead, and, putting together as it were certain bricks—the account of each opinion—built up, like a tower, the godlessness of many gods, God rightly scatters the confession of the deluded men of their evil agreement, and, from the disposition of those who are providentially cared for, when it had been scattered and torn apart into countless opinions, He names Himself in the plural, showing that, being one, He was divided among many in them (just as it appears He also says in the case of Adam: "Behold, Adam has become as one of us"). In relation, then, to the underlying cause, God is either multiplied or gathered together in the utterances of the Scriptures. But as to whom God speaks: it is the custom of Scripture to fashion in bodily form the unspoken and hidden counsels of God, so that we, from kindred words and sounds, may be able to understand divine things, since God is an unknown mind and an ineffable word and an incomprehensible life, and neither speaks nor is spoken to, being in essence self-word and self-will. And if we understand the utterances of the divine Oracles in this way, we shall not stumble at any of the things written because of their obscurity. But if someone should say that the plural signification concerning God is not at all set down in Scripture by way of accusation, and brings forward for the confirmation of his own argument the text "And God said":
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:125 · narrative
Source
ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ᾽ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καὶ καθ᾽ ὁμοίωσιν καὶ οὐ δήπου διὰ ταύτης, εἴποι, τῆς φωνῆς πολυθεΐας ὑπόνοιαν εἰσηγεῖσθαι νοοῦμεν τὸν λόγον, φαμὲν ὡς, ὁπόταν μὲν πρὸς τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς εὐσεβῶς ἡ ἁγία Γραφὴ τῷ πληθυντικῷ περὶ Θεοῦ κέχρηται λόγῳ, τὴν δήλωσιν ποιεῖται τῶν παναγίων τριῶν ὑποστάσεων, μυστικῶς τὸν τῆς ὑπάρξεως σημαίνουσα τρόπον τῆς παναγίας καὶ ἀνάρχου μονάδος, ἐπειδὴ μονὰς κατ᾽ οὐσίαν ἐστὶν ἡ πάνσεπτος καὶ προσκυνητὴ καὶ πανεύφημος τριὰς τῶν ὑποστάσεων μονὰς γὰρ ἐν τριάδι καὶ ἐν μονάδι τριάς ἐστιν ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν, ἡνίκα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀσεβεῖς πληθυντικὸν περὶ Θεοῦ ποιεῖται τὸν λόγον, τὴν ψεκτὴν ἐκείνων, ὡς οἶμαι, διελέγχει περὶ θεότητος ἔννοιαν, φυσικὴν ἀλλ᾽ οὐχ ὑποστατικὴν εἶναι τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἰδιώμασιν ὑπειληφότων διαφοράν, ὅπερ σαφῶς τὴν πολύθεον εἰσηγεῖται πλάνην τοῖς οὕτως περὶ θεότητος ἔχουσιν.
English
Let us make man according to our image and likeness—and surely, he would say, we do not understand the word to introduce through this voice a suspicion of polytheism. We say that whenever Holy Scripture uses the plural word concerning God in a pious manner toward the pious, it makes a declaration of the all-holy three hypostases, mystically signifying the mode of existence of the all-holy and unoriginate monad, since the all-venerable, adorable, and all-praised Trinity of hypostases is a monad in essence; for God is a monad in a triad and a triad in a monad. But whenever it makes the plural word concerning God toward the impious, it refutes their blameworthy notion, as I think, concerning divinity—they having supposed the difference in the properties to be natural but not hypostatic, which clearly introduces polytheistic error to those who thus hold concerning divinity.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:126 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο λέγοντες πείθομεν, ἐπειδὴ φίλον τῷ Πνεύματι καὶ τοῖς τὸ Πνεῦμα φιλοῦσιν ἀγαπητὸν τὸ μὴ μάχεσθαι, δεξώμεθα συμφώνως ἀλλήλοις τὴν ἁγίαν Γραφήν, τὴν ( ἐν μονάδι παναγίαν Τριάδα ποτὲ μὲν ὡς δημιουργὸν εἰσηγουμένην, ὡς τὸ ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπονΠατρὸς γὰρ καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἔργον ὑπάρχει σαφῶς ἡ τῶν ὄντων ὑπόστασις, ποτὲ δὲ ὡς ἀποδεκτικὴν τῶν τοῖς αὐτῆς εὐσεβῶς νόμοις πολιτευσαμένων, ὡς προνοητικὴν τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτῆς εἰληφότων τοῦ εἶναι τὴν γένεσιν, ὡς τῷ Ἀβραὰμ τριαδικῶς φαινομένην καὶ μοναδικῶς διαλεγομένην, ποτὲ δὲ ὡς τιμωρητικὴν ἤγουν κριτικὴν τῶν τοὺς νόμους παραφθειράντων τῆς φύσεως καὶ διορθωτικὴν τῶν παρασφαλέντων τοῦ καθήκοντος νόμου τῆς φύσεως, ὡς τὸ καταβάντες συγχέωμεν αὐτῶν τὰς γλώσσας. Οὐ γὰρ δημιουργικὴ μόνον ὑπάρχει τῶν ὄντων ἡ ἁγία καὶ ὁμοούσιος Τριάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνεκτικὴ καὶ τῶν πρὸς ἀξίαν ἑκάστου διανεμητική, οἷα δὴ Θεὸς εἷς ὑπάρχουσα κατὰ φύσιν δημιουργὸς προνοητής τε καὶ κριτὴς τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ πεποιημένων. Κοινὸν γὰρ Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, ὥσπερ τὸ δημιουργεῖν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸ κρίνειν καὶ τῶν πεποιημένων σοφῶς προνοεῖν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἑκάστῳ φησίν, κατά τήν ὑποκειμένην αὐτῷ περί Θεοῦ δόξαν ὁ Θεός ἐμφανίζεται. Τοῖς μέν κατ᾿ ἔφεσιν τήν ὑλικήν περάσασι σύνθεσιν, καί τάς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσονομούσας ἀλλήλαις κατά μίαν καί τήν αὐτήν περί Θεόν ἀεικινησίαν κεκτημένοις, ὡς μονάς ἐμφαίνεται καί Τριάς· ἵνα τήν οἰκείαν ὕπαρξιν παραδείξειεν, καί τόν αὐτῆς τρόπον μυστικῶς ἐκδιδάξειεν.
English
But if even saying this we do not persuade—since it is dear to the Spirit and beloved by those who love the Spirit not to fight—let us receive the Holy Scripture in agreement with one another, which presents the all-holy Trinity in unity sometimes as creator, as in "Let us make man" (for the subsistence of things that exist is clearly the work of Father and Son and Holy Spirit), sometimes as accepting those who have lived according to its pious laws, sometimes as provident over those who have received from it their coming into being, as appearing to Abraham in a threefold manner and conversing in a single manner, and sometimes as punitive, that is, judging those who have corrupted the laws of nature, and corrective of those who have fallen from the fitting law of nature, as in "Let us go down and confuse their tongues." For the holy and consubstantial Trinity is not only creative of things that exist, but also sustaining and distributing to each according to worth, as being one God by nature, creator, provider, and judge of the things made by him. For it is common to the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit, just as to create, so also to judge and wisely to provide for the things made. SCHOLIA 1. He says that to each one God appears according to the opinion concerning God that underlies in him. To those who have passed beyond the material composition according to desire, and who have acquired the powers of the soul equal in rank to one another in one and the same ceaseless motion toward God, he appears as a Monad and a Triad, so that he might demonstrate his own existence and mystically teach his manner.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:127 · narrative
Source
Τοῖς δέ περί μόνην τήν ὑλικήν διάθεσιν ἔχουσι κινουμένην τήν ἔφεσιν, καί ἀλλήλαις ἀσυνδέτους τάς τῆς ψυχῆς δυνάμεις κεκτημένοις, οὐχ ὡς ἔστιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς εἰσίν ἐμφανίζεται· δεικνύς ὅτι τῆς ὑλικῆς δυάδος ἀμφοῖν ἐπελάβοντο ταῖν χεροῖν, καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ σωματικός ἐξ ὕλης καί εἴδους συνέστηκε κόσμος. 2. Ὁ φυσικήν εἶναι λέγων, φησίν, ἐπί Θεοῦ τήν τῶν ἰδιωμάτων, ( ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὑποστατικήν διαφοράν, οὐκ ἔνθεος ὁ τοιοῦτος, ἀλλά πολύθεος, οὐσιῶν ἰδιότησιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὑποστάσεων ἐπιδέχεσθαι φάσκων τό θεῖον τήν ἐξαρίθμησιν. ΚΘ (29). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΟΙΤΙΝΕΣ ΔΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΠΝΕΥΜΑΤΟΣ ΕΛΕΓΟΝ ΤΩ ΠΑΥΛΩ ΜΗ ΑΝΑΒΑΙΝΕΙΝ ΕΙΣ ΙΕΡΟΣΟΛΥΜΑ". 29. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΚΘ' Τί ἐστι τὸ ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι κείμενον οἵτινες διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔλεγον τῷ Παύλῳ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα; Διὰ τί παρήκουσε τοῦ Πνεύματος καὶ ἀνέβη; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ μὲν ἅγιος Ἡσαΐας ὁ προφήτης ἐν τῇ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν προφητείᾳ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τῷ ἐκ τῆς ῥίζης Ἰεσσαὶ ἀνατείλαντι Σωτῆρι λέγει ἐπαναπαύεσθαι, οὐχ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ γινώσκων καὶ οὕτω τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκδέχεσθαι διδάσκων, ἀλλὰ τὰς ἐνεργείας τοῦ ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἁγίου Πνεύματος πνεύματα καλέσας διὰ τὸ πάσῃ ἐνεργείᾳ ὅλον ἀνελλιπῶς ὑπάρχειν ἀναλόγως τὸ ἐνεργοῦν ἅγιον Πνεῦμα· ὁ δὲ θεῖος ἀπόστολος τὰς διαφόρους ἐνεργείας αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἁγίου Πνεύματος χαρίσματα λέγει διάφορα, ὑφ᾽ ἑνὸς δηλονότι καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐνεργούμενα Πνεύματος. Εἰ τοίνυν
English
To those whose desire is moved by a material disposition alone, and who possess the powers of the soul disconnected from one another, it is manifested not as it is but as they are—showing that they laid hold with both hands on the material dyad, according to which the bodily cosmos consists of matter and form. 2. He who says that the difference of properties in God is natural, says he—but not a hypostatic difference—such a one is not inspired by God but is polytheistic, claiming that the divine admits a numbering of essences by property, but not of hypostases. 29. Concerning "who through the Spirit told Paul not to go up to Jerusalem." 29. Question 29: What is it that is written in the Acts, "who through the Spirit told Paul not to go up to Jerusalem"? Why did he disobey the Spirit and go up? Answer. The holy prophet Isaiah, in his own prophecy, says that seven spirits rest upon the Savior who sprang from the root of Jesse—not knowing seven spirits of God, nor teaching others so to understand, but calling the energies of the one and the same Holy Spirit "spirits," because the Holy Spirit who works is wholly and without deficiency present in every energy, proportionately; and the divine apostle calls the diverse energies of this same one Holy Spirit diverse charisms, clearly wrought by one and the same Spirit. If, then,
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:128 · narrative
Source
κατὰ τὸ μέτρον τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πίστεως δίδοται ἡ φανέρωσις τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἐν τῇ μετοχῇ τοῦ τοιοῦδε χαρίσματος ἕκαστος τῶν πιστῶν, δηλονότι κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς ὑποκειμένης αὐτῷ κατὰ ψυχὴν διαθέσεως, συμμεμετρημένην δέχεται τοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν ἐνέργειαν, χαριζομένην αὐτῷ τῆσδε ἢ τῆσδε τῆς ἐντολῆς τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν πρὸς ἐνέργειαν ἕξιν. Οὐκοῦν ὥσπερ ὁ μὲν λαμβάνει λόγον σοφίας, ὁ δὲ λόγον γνώσεως, ἕτερος δὲ πίστεως, καὶ ἄλλος ἄλλό τι τῶν ἀπηριθμημένων τῷ μεγάλῳ ἀποστόλῳ χαρισμάτων τοῦ Πνεύματος, οὕτως ὁ μὲν δέχεται διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάρισμα τῆς τελείας καὶ ἀμέσου πρὸς Θεὸν καὶ μηδὲν ἐχούσης ὑλικὸν ἀγάπης κατὰ τὴν ( ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως, ἕτερος δὲ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς τελείας πρὸς τὸν πλησίον ἀγάπης χάρισμα, κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ Πνεῦμα, ὡς ἔφην, ἔχοντος ἑκάστου ἐνεργούμενον τὸ οἰκεῖον χάρισμα. Ταῦτα δὲ τὰ χαρίσματα κατὰ τὸν ἅγιον Ἡσαΐαν πνεύματα καλέσας τις, ὡς οἶμαι, τῆς ἀληθείας οὐ διαπίπτει. Παντὶ γὰρ χαρίσματι ὅλον ὡς ἐνεργοῦν ἀναλόγως ὑπάρχει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον, εἴτε μείζονι εἴτε ἥττονι.
English
According to the measure of faith in each person, the manifestation of the Spirit is given; each of the faithful, in the participation of this or that gift, clearly receives the activity of the Spirit measured out to him according to the proportion of his faith and the disposition underlying it in his soul, granting him the fitness suited to the activity of this or that commandment. Therefore, just as one receives a word of wisdom, another a word of knowledge, another faith, and another some other of the gifts of the Spirit enumerated by the great apostle, so one receives through the Spirit the gift of perfect and immediate love toward God, having nothing material, according to the proportion of faith; another, through the same Spirit, the gift of perfect love toward neighbor, according to the same Spirit, as I said, each having his own gift energized. And if someone calls these gifts "spirits" according to Saint Isaiah, as I think, he does not fall short of the truth. For to every gift, whether greater or lesser, the Holy Spirit is wholly present as the one working proportionally.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:129 · narrative
Source
Οὐκοῦν ὁ μέγας ὄντως καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον μυστηρίων γενόμενος διάκονος Παῦλος, ἀμέσως τῆς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τελείας χάριτος κατὰ τὴν τὸ Πνεῦμα δεξάμενος ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ πίστεως, τῶν εἰληφότων τὸ χάρισμα τῆς τελείας εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπης λεγόντων αὐτῷ μὴ ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος, τουτέστι τοῦ ἐνεργουμένου αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπης χαρίσματοςταὐτὸν γὰρ τῷ χαρίσματι τὸ Πνεῦμα, καθὼς ἔφην ἐκ τοῦ προφήτου λαβών, παρήκουσεν, ἀσυγκρίτως τῆς ἐξ ἄλλων εἰς αὐτὸν πνευματικῆς ἀγάπης προκρίνων τὴν θείαν καὶ ὑπὲρ νόησιν, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδὲ παρακούσας ἀνῆλθεν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνους διὰ τῆς συμμέτρως αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὸ χάρισμα δοθείσης ἐνεργείας τοῦ Πνεύματος προφητεύοντας τῷ καθ᾽ ἑαυτὸν τύπῳ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ παντὸς ὑπερέκεινα πόθον κατὰ τὴν ἔφεσιν ἕλκων. Οὐκοῦν οὐ παρήκουσεν ὁ μέγας Παῦλος τοῦ Πνεύματος, ἀλλ᾽ ἐδίδαξεν ἐπὶ τὸ ὑψηλότερον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἥττονος μετενεχθῆναι Πνεύματος, τουτέστι χαρίσματος, τοὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸ χάρισμα τῆς ἀγάπης προφητεύοντας.
English
Therefore Paul, who was truly great and became a minister of mysteries beyond human understanding, having received directly the perfect grace of God in love according to the proportion of the faith in him that the Spirit gives, when those who had received the gift of perfect love toward him were saying to him through the Spirit not to go up to Jerusalem—that is, through the gift of love toward him that was being worked in them by the Spirit (for the Spirit is the same as the gift, as I said, taking it from the prophet)—he did not obey, preferring the divine and beyond-understanding love incomparably to the spiritual love shown toward him by others; or rather, he did not even disobey but went up, drawing those who were prophesying by the activity of the Spirit given to them in measure according to the gift, by his own pattern, toward the desire for the One who transcends all things, in accordance with their longing. Therefore the great Paul did not disobey the Spirit, but taught that the Spirit—that is, the gift—was transferred from the lesser to the higher, in the case of those who were prophesying about him according to the gift of love.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:130 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πάλιν, εἰ τὸ προφητικὸν χάρισμα πολὺ τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ χαρίσματος ὑπάρχει δεύτερον, οὐκ ἦν λόγου τοῦ τὸ πᾶν διευθύνοντος καὶ τὴν ἑκάστου διορίζοντος τάξιν τὸ κρεῖττον εἴκειν τῷ ἥττονι, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον ἕπεσθαι τὸ ἧττον τῷ κρείττονι. Οἱ μὲν γὰρ τότε προφητεύοντες διὰ τοῦ ἐν αὐτοῖς προφητικοῦ πνεύματος, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀποστολικοῦ, τὸν τρόπον τῆς τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ ἐκ τῆς συμβησομένης ὑπὲρ τοῦ Λόγου κακοπαθείας ἐμήνυαν· ὁ δέ, πρὸς μόνον ἀφορῶν τὸν θεῖον σκοπόν, εἰς οὐδὲν ( ἡγεῖτο τὰ μέσα πάντα, σπουδὴν ἔχων οὐχ ὅπως διενέγκῃ τὰ συμβησόμενα, ἀλλ᾽ ὅπως ἄλλος γένηται Χριστός, μιμήσει τοῦ Χριστοῦ πάντα κατορθώσας τὰ δι᾽ ἃ Χριστὸς τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ φιλανθρώπως κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν εἵλετο ζωήν. Οὐκοῦν εὐταξίας ἐστὶ φυλακὴ τῆς πάντα διεπούσης τὰ θεῖα καὶ διευθυνούσης καὶ τῆς οἰκείας ἀνέκπτωτα μονῆς καὶ ἱδρύσεως ἕκαστον διαφυλαττούσης ἡ δοκοῦσα τοῦ μεγάλου ἀποστόλου παρακοὴ καὶ σαφὴς διδασκαλία τοῦ μηδαμῶς ἀλλήλοις φύρεσθαι τοὺς καλῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος διωρισμένους τῆς Ἐκκλησίας βαθμούς. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Τό διαφόρως ἐνεργοῦν, ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαφόρως ἐνεργουμένων, ὅλον ἐστίν, καί ἐν ὅλοις ἅμα μή διαιρούμενον. Ἀμιγῶς γάρ, φησίν, ἐν ὅλοις καί τῷ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἀδιαιρέτως κατά μίαν καί τήν αὐτήν ἐκφαίνεται δύναμιν ἐνεργοῦν τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, ὅτι καί πάντων ἐστί τῶν ὄντων πληρωτικόν· Θεός γάρ, καί πᾶσιν ἀχώρητον τοῖς οὖσιν, ὑπερούσιον γὰρ.
English
And again, if the prophetic grace is by far second to the apostolic grace, it was not the work of the Word who directs the whole and assigns to each his order that the better yield to the lesser, but rather that the lesser follow the better. For those who prophesied at that time, through the prophetic spirit in them—but not the apostolic spirit—made known the manner of the suffering that was to befall holy Paul for the sake of the Word; but he, looking only to the divine purpose, considered all intermediate things as nothing, being eager not that he might surpass the things that were to befall him, but that he might become another Christ, having accomplished all things by imitation of Christ, for the sake of which Christ in His love for humanity chose, according to the economy, the life in the flesh. Therefore, the seeming disobedience of the great apostle, and his clear teaching that the ranks of the Church, well distinguished by the Spirit, are in no way to be confused with one another, is a guarding of good order—of the order that governs and directs all divine things and preserves each one without falling away from its proper abode and foundation. SCHOLIA 1. That which operates in different ways, in each of those in whom it operates in different ways, is whole, and in all together is not divided. For, he says, the Holy Spirit appears operating without mixture in all and in each individually indivisibly, according to one and the same power, because it is also the fulfillment of all things that exist; for it is God, and is incomprehensible to all things that exist, for it is beyond being.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:131 · narrative
Source
2. Πᾶσαν ἐντολῆς ἕξιν ἐνεργουμένην, Πνεύματος εἶναι χάρισμα λέγει. 3. Ὁ τόν Θεόν ἀγαπῶν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καί ψυχῆς καί δυνάμεως, τοῦ τόν πλησίον ἀγαπῶντος, φησί, μείζων ἐστίν. Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν λόγου νομοθετεῖσθαι τό κρεῖττον ὑπό τοῦ χείρονος· ἀλλά ἄγεσθαι μᾶλλον τό ἧττον ὑπό τοῦ μείζονος. Διό τήν ἀποστολικήν ἀξίαν τε καί τάξιν, ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων ὧν ἄρχει βαθμῶν ἄρχεσθαι δικαίως οὐ συνεχώρησεν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, μήπως ἡ πάντων τῶν ὄντων εὐκοσμία, καί μάλιστα τῶν θείων τάξις, λυθῇ. 4. Μέσα φησίν τά εἴδη τῶν πειρασμῶν, ἅπερ προγνωστικῶς ἐώρων διά τοῦ Πνεύματος οἱ προφητεύοντες τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ τήν ὑπέρ ἀληθείας ἄθλησιν· ὧν παντελῶς οὐκ ἐφρόντιζεν ἑνωθῆναι σπεύδων τῷ Χριστῷ, κατά τήν ἐν εἴδει τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπόστασιν, μετά τήν ἐν πίστει τῶν ὄντων διάβασιν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ. 1. Τό διαφόρως ἐνεργοῦν, ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ διαφόρως ἐνεργουμένων, ὅλον ἐστίν, καί ἐν ὅλοις ἅμα μή διαιρούμενον. Ἀμιγῶς γάρ, φησίν, ἐν ὅλοις καί τῷ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον ἀδιαιρέτως κατά μίαν καί τήν αὐτήν ἐκφαίνεται δύναμιν ἐνεργοῦν τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον, ὅτι καί πάντων ἐστί τῶν ὄντων πληρωτικόν· Θεός γάρ, καί πᾶσιν ἀχώρητον τοῖς οὖσιν, ὑπερούσιον γὰρ.
English
2. He says that every active habit of a commandment is a gift of the Spirit. 3. He who loves God with all his heart and soul and strength is, he says, greater than he who loves his neighbor. It is not, then, a matter of the better being legislated for by the worse, but rather of the lesser being led by the greater. Therefore the divine Apostle did not permit the apostolic dignity and order to be ruled by those ranks over which it rules, lest the good order of all things that exist, and especially the order of divine things, be dissolved. 4. He says that the kinds of temptations are in the middle, which those who prophesied foreknew through the Spirit—the struggle for the truth on behalf of holy Paul—of which he took no thought at all, hastening to be united to Christ, according to the subsistence of goods in form, after the passage through existing things in faith. SCHOLIA. 1. That which works in different ways, in each of those things that are worked in different ways by it, is whole, and is not divided among all at once. For, he says, without mixture, in all and in each individually, the Holy Spirit is shown to work indivisibly according to one and the same power, because it is also the fullness of all things that exist; for it is God, and is incomprehensible to all existing things, for it is beyond being.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:132 · narrative
Source
2. Πᾶσαν ἐντολῆς ἕξιν ἐνεργουμένην, Πνεύματος εἶναι χάρισμα λέγει. 3. Ὁ τόν Θεόν ἀγαπῶν ἐξ ὅλης καρδίας καί ψυχῆς καί δυνάμεως, τοῦ τόν πλησίον ἀγαπῶντος, φησί, μείζων ἐστίν. Οὐκ ἔστιν οὖν λόγου νομοθετεῖσθαι τό κρεῖττον ὑπό τοῦ χείρονος· ἀλλά ἄγεσθαι μᾶλλον τό ἧττον ὑπό τοῦ μείζονος. Διό τήν ἀποστολικήν ἀξίαν τε καί τάξιν, ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων ὧν ἄρχει βαθμῶν ἄρχεσθαι δικαίως οὐ συνεχώρησεν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, μήπως ἡ πάντων τῶν ὄντων εὐκοσμία, καί μάλιστα τῶν θείων τάξις, λυθῇ. 4. Μέσα φησίν τά εἴδη τῶν πειρασμῶν, ἅπερ προγνωστικῶς ( ἐώρων διά τοῦ Πνεύματος οἱ προφητεύοντες τῷ ἁγίῳ Παύλῳ τήν ὑπέρ ἀληθείας ἄθλησιν· ὧν παντελῶς οὐκ ἐφρόντιζεν ἑνωθῆναι σπεύδων τῷ Χριστῷ, κατά τήν ἐν εἴδει τῶν ἀγαθῶν ὑπόστασιν, μετά τήν ἐν πίστει τῶν ὄντων διάβασιν. Λ (30). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΙΣ Η ΔΙΑΦΟΡΑ ΠΟΤΗΡΙΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΒΑΠΤΙΣΜΑΤΟΣ. 30. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Λ' Τί ἐστι τὸ δύνασθε τὸ ποτήριον ὃ ἐγὼ πίνω πιεῖν, καὶ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐγὼ βαπτίζομαι βαπτισθῆναι; Τίς ἡ διαφορὰ τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τοῦ βαπτίσματος; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
2. He says that every active habit of a commandment is a gift of the Spirit. 3. He who loves God with all his heart and soul and strength is, he says, greater than he who loves his neighbor. It is not, then, a matter of the better being legislated by the worse, but rather of the lesser being led by the greater. Therefore the divine Apostle did not permit the apostolic dignity and rank to be ruled by those ranks which it rules, lest the good order of all things that exist, and especially the order of divine things, be dissolved. 4. He says that the kinds of temptations are intermediate, which those who prophesy foreknew through the Spirit—the struggle for the truth that was shown to Saint Paul; for he took no thought of them at all, hastening to be united with Christ, according to the subsistence of good things in the form of goods, after the passage through existing things in faith. 30. CONCERNING THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE CUP AND BAPTISM. 30. QUESTION 30: What is the meaning of "Are you able to drink the cup that I drink, and to be baptized with the baptism with which I am baptized"? What is the difference between the cup and the baptism? Answer.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:133 · narrative
Source
Τὸ τοῦ Κυρίου βάπτισμα τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἑκουσίων καὶ ἡμετέρων πόνων τύπος ὑπάρχει· δι᾽ ὧν τὰς κατὰ συνείδησιν ἀπορρύπτοντες κηλίδας τὸν πρὸς τὰ φαινόμενα τῆς προαιρέσεως ἑκούσιον καταδεχόμεθα θάνατον. Τὸ δὲ ποτήριον τῶν ἐκ περιστάσεως παρὰ προαίρεσιν ἐπανισταμένων ἡμῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν τύπος ἐστί· δι᾽ ὧν καὶ αὐτῆς προκρίνοντες τὸν θεῖον πόθον τῆς φύσεως, ἑκόντες τὸν περιστατικὸν ὑπερχόμεθα τῆς φύσεως θάνατον. Ταύτην οὖν ἔχει τὴν διαφορὰν τὸ βάπτισμα πρὸς τὸ ποτήριον, ὅτι τὸ μὲν βάπτισμα ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πρὸς τὰ ἡδέα τοῦ βίου νεκρὰν ἐργάζεται τὴν προαίρεσιν, τὸ δὲ ποτήριον τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ αὐτῆς προκρίνειν πείθει τῆς φύσεως τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς. Πρότερον δὲ τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἔθετο τὸ ποτήριον, ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν ἡ ἀρετὴ ἀλλ᾽ οὐ διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἡ ἀλήθεια. Ὅθεν ὁ διὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πράττων τὴν ἀρετὴν κενοδοξίας οὐ τιτρώσκεται βέλεσιν, ὁ δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀρετῆς ἕνεκεν ἐπιτηδεύων σύνοικον ἔχει τῆς κενοδοξίας τὴν οἴησιν.
English
The Lord's baptism is a type of the voluntary and our own labors undertaken for virtue by intention; through these, washing away the stains of conscience, we accept the voluntary death of our choice in relation to things that appear. But the cup is a type of the involuntary temptations that rise up against us for the sake of the truth from circumstances, contrary to our intention; through these, preferring the divine desire even to nature itself, we willingly pass over the circumstantial death of nature. This, then, is the difference between baptism and the cup: baptism makes the choice dead to the pleasures of life for the sake of virtue, while the cup persuades the pious to prefer the truth even to nature itself. He placed the cup before baptism because virtue exists for the sake of the truth, but the truth does not exist for the sake of virtue. Hence he who practices virtue for the sake of the truth is not wounded by the arrows of vainglory, while he who pursues the truth for the sake of virtue has conceit as a companion of vainglory.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:134 · narrative
Source
( ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Τό τοῦ Κυρίου βάπτισμα, φησίν, ἐστίν ἡ παντελής πρός τόν αἰσθητόν κόσμον τῆς ἡμῶν προαιρέσεως νέκρωσις· τό δέ ποτήριον, καί αὐτῆς ἡμῶν τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς ὑπέρ ἀληθείας καθέστηκεν ἄρνησις. 2. Ἀλήθειαν μέν εἶναι λέγει τήν θείαν γνῶσιν· ἀρετήν δέ, τούς ὑπέρ αὐτῆς τῶν αὐτῶν ἐφιεμένων ἀγῶνας. Ὁ τοίνυν γνώσεως ἕνεκεν ἀρετῆς ὑπομένων πόνους, οὐ κενοδοξεῖ, γινώσκων ἀπερίληπτον εἶναι φύσει τοῖς πόνοις τήν ἀλήθειαν. Τοῖς δευτέροις γάρ οὐ περιγράφεται φύσει τό πρῶτον. Ὁ δέ τήν γνῶσιν διά τούς ὑπέρ αὐτῆς ἀγῶνας ἐπιτηδεύων, πάντως κενόδοξος, ὡς εἰληφέναι δοκῶν τούς στεφάνους πρό τῶν ἱδρώτων· οὐκ εἰδώς, ὅτι διά τούς στεφάνους οἱ πόνοι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ διά τούς πόνους οἱ στέφανοι. Φύσει γάρ ἀμελέτητος πᾶσα καθέστηκε μέθοδος, τοῦ δι᾿ ὅ πέφυκεν ἐπιτηδεύεσθαι ἐξανυσθέντος, ἤ ἐξανυσθῆναι δόξαντος. ΛΑ (31). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΙ ΟΥΚ ΕΝ ΧΕΙΡΟΠΟΙΗΤΟΙΣ ΝΑΟΙΣ Ο ΘΕΟΣ ΚΑΤΟΙΚΕΙ". 31. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΑ' Εἰ οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς ὁ Θεὸς κατοικεῖ, πῶς κατῴκει ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων;
English
( SCHOLIA 1. The Lord's baptism, he says, is the complete putting to death of our free choice toward the perceptible world; and the cup is the denial of this present life itself for the sake of truth. 2. He says that truth is divine knowledge, and virtue is the struggles of those who strive for it on its behalf. Therefore, the one who endures labors for the sake of knowledge of virtue is not vainglorious, knowing that truth is by nature unattainable through labors. For the first is not delimited by nature by the second. But the one who pursues knowledge for the sake of the struggles on its behalf is altogether vainglorious, as though he thought he had received the crowns before the sweats; not knowing that the labors are for the sake of the crowns, not the crowns for the sake of the labors. For every method is by nature unstudied once that for the sake of which it naturally exists has been accomplished, or has seemed to be accomplished. LA (31). CONCERNING "IF GOD DOES NOT DWELL IN TEMPLES MADE WITH HANDS". 31. QUESTION 31: If God does not dwell in temples made with hands, how did he dwell in the temple of the Jews?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:135 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ τῆς ἀναλογίας σοφῶς τῶν προνοουμένων φροντίζων Θεός, πρότερον διὰ τῶν τύπων συμφυῶς τοῖς δι᾽ αἰσθήσεως οἰκονομουμένοις πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ποδηγῶν, πᾶσιν ἑαυτὸν τοῖς δοθεῖσι τῷ παλαιῷ λαῷ τύποις ἀφανῶς ἐγκατέμιξεν, ἐνεργῶν τὴν τῶν παιδαγωγουμένων ἀνάβασιν. Ὤικει τοίνυν ἐν τῷ ναῷ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ὁ Θεὸς τυπικῶς ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἀληθῶς, περιγράφων τῇ τοιᾷδε κατὰ τὸν ναὸν οἰκήσει πάσης τῆς μυσταγωγουμένης τῶν ( προνοουμένων παιδαγωγίας τὴν ἄρρητον βουλήν. Ἐπιτηδειότατος γὰρ πρὸς κατοικητήριον Θεοῦ μόνος ὁ καθαρὸς ὑπάρχει νοῦς· δι᾽ ὃν τὸν τυπικὸν οἰκοδομηθῆναι ναὸν συνεχώρησε, διὰ τῶν ἄγαν παχυτέρων συμβόλων τὸν πολὺ πλέον τῶν ἀναισθήτων τύπων παχυνθέντα νοῦν τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀνασπάσαι τῆς ὕλης βουλόμενος, συνιδόντα τὸ πρὸς κατοίκησιν Θεοῦ ἀνεπιτήδειον ἐκ τοῦ προσύλου καὶ ἀπεμφαίνοντος, κἀκ τούτου τῆς τῶν προσόντων αὐτῷ φυσικῶς γενέσθαι διόλου συναισθήσεως. Ὅπερ μὴ διαγνοὺς ὁ μόνον τὸν κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν τῦφον ἐξ ὑπερηφανίας διατρέφειν εἰδὼς Ἰουδαῖος καὶ τοῦ τύπου καλῶς ἐστερήθη καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας ἑαυτὸν κακῶς ἀπεξένωσεν. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Οὐκ ἔστι, φησί, πρέπον οἰκοδομεῖσθαι ναὸν τῷ Θεῷ ἐκ δωματικῆς ὕλης καὶ ψυχῆς σαρκικῆς. Ταῦτα γὰρ σύμβολα παχύτερά εἰσι καὶ ἀνεπιτήδεια τῷ Θεῷ· διὸ δεῖ οἰκοδομεῖσθαι Αὐτῷ ναὸν ἐξ ἐπιτηδείων καὶ πρεπόντων τῇ φύσει Αὐτοῦ στοιχείων. 2. Ὁ μόνην τῆς γνώσεως τήν μορφήν, ὅπερ ἐστίν ὁ ψιλός λόγος· καί ὁ τήν εἰκόνα τῆς ἀρετῆς, ὅπερ ἐστί, τό ψιλόν ἦθος ἐπιτηδεύων, Ἰουδαῖός ἐστι, φησί, καί αὐτός ἀληθείας τύποις φυσιούμενος.
English
Answer. God, who wisely cares for what is foreseen in proportion, first leading through types, in a way congenial to those governed by sense perception, toward the truth, secretly mingled himself with all the types given to the old people, effecting the ascent of those being educated. God therefore dwelt in the temple of the Jews typically but not truly, circumscribing by such a dwelling in the temple the ineffable counsel of the whole pedagogy of those being initiated into what is foreseen. For the pure mind alone is most fit to be a dwelling place of God; for its sake he permitted the typical temple to be built, wishing by exceedingly coarse symbols to draw up from matter the mind of the Jews, which had been made far more coarse than the senseless types, so that it might perceive that it was unfit for the dwelling of God because of what is material and incongruous, and from this might come to a complete perception of the things naturally present in it. The Jew, not discerning this—he who knows only how to nourish the smoke of piety from pride—was rightly deprived of the type and wickedly estranged himself from the truth. SCHOLION 1. It is not fitting, he says, that a temple be built to God from domestic material and a fleshly soul. For these are coarser symbols and unfit for God; therefore one must build a temple to him from elements fit and proper to his nature. 2. He who pursues only the form of knowledge, which is the bare word, and he who pursues the image of virtue, which is the bare character, is a Jew, he says, and he himself is puffed up by the types of truth.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:136 · narrative
Source
ΛΒ (32). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΕΙ ΑΡΑ ΨΗΛΑΦΗΣΑΙΕΝ ΚΑΙ ΕΥΡΟΙΕΝ ΘΕΟΝ". 32. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΒ' Τί ἐστιν εἰ ἄρα ψηλαφήσαιεν καὶ εὕροιεν Θεόν; Πῶς τις ψηλαφῶν εὑρίσκει Θεόν; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ πᾶσαν τὴν φαινομένην τοῦ νόμου σωματικὴν λατρείαν μὴ κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ὁρῶν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς κατὰ νοῦν ἐφόδοις ἕκαστον ( τῶν ὁρωμένων συμβόλων διασκοπήσας, τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ κεκρυμμένον θεοτελῆ λόγον ἐκδιδασκόμενος, ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τὸν Θεὸν εὑρίσκει, καλῶς ψηλαφῶν διὰ τῆς νοερᾶς δυνάμεως ὡς ἐν φορυτῷ τῇ ὕλῃ τῶν νομικῶν διατάξεων εἴ που κεκρυμμένον εὕροι τῇ σαρκὶ τοῦ νόμου τὸν τὴν αἴσθησιν παντελῶς διαφεύγοντα μαργαρίτην Λόγον. Ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ὁ τὴν φύσιν τῶν ὁρωμένων μὴ τῇ αἰσθήσει μόνῃ περιγράφων, ἀλλὰ κατὰ νοῦν σοφῶς τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ κτίσματι λόγον διερευνώμενος, εὑρίσκει Θεόν, ἀπὸ τῆς προβεβλημένης τῶν ὄντων μεγαλουργίας τὴν αὐτῶν τῶν ὄντων διδασκόμενος αἰτίαν.
English
32. Question 32: What is the meaning of "if perhaps they might grope for him and find God"? How does one who gropes find God? Answer. He who does not look upon all the visible bodily worship of the law by sense perception, but examines each of the visible symbols by the mind's approaches, being taught the God-perfect reason hidden in each, finds God in the reason, groping well through the noetic power, as in refuse, in the material of the legal ordinances, if perhaps he might find hidden in the flesh of the law the pearl—the Word—which entirely escapes sense perception. Likewise also he who does not circumscribe the nature of visible things by sense perception alone, but wisely searches out by mind the reason in each creature, finds God, being taught from the displayed mighty works of beings the cause of the beings themselves.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:137 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ἴδιον τοῦ ψηλαφῶντος ἡ διάκρισίς ἐστιν, ὁ τὰ νομικὰ σύμβολα γνωστικῶς ἐπερχόμενος καὶ τὴν φαινομένην τῶν ὄντων φύσιν ἐπιστημονικῶς θεώμενος, διακρίνων τὴν Γραφὴν καὶ τὴν κτίσιν καὶ ἑαυτόν, τὴν μὲν Γραφὴν εἰς γράμμα καὶ πνεῦμα, τὴν δὲ κτίσιν εἰς λόγον καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν, ἑαυτὸν δὲ εἰς νοῦν καὶ αἴσθησιν, καὶ τῆς μὲν Γραφῆς τὸ πνεῦμα, τῆς δὲ κτίσεως τὸν λόγον, ἑαυτοῦ δὲ τὸν νοῦν λαβὼν καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἀλύτως ἑνώσας, εὗρε Θεόν, ὡς ἐπιγνούς, καθὼς δεῖ καὶ δυνατόν ἐστιν, τὸν Θεὸν τὸν ἐν νῷ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ πνεύματι, πάντων τῶν πλανώντων καὶ εἰς μυρίας δόξας κατασυρόντων ἀπαλλαγείς, λέγω δὲ γράμματος καὶ ἐπιφανείας καὶ αἰσθήσεως, ἐν οἷς ἡ διάφορος ὑπάρχει ποσότης καὶ τῆς μονάδος ἀντίθετος. Εἰ δὲ τὸ γράμμα τοῦ νόμου καὶ τὴν τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν αἴσθησιν ἀλλήλοις τις προσπλέξας συμφύρῃ, τυφλός ἐστι μυωπάζων, τὴν τῆς αἰτίας τῶν ὄντων ἀγνωσίαν νοσῶν. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Ὁ μόνον, φησίν, τῆς Γραφῆς τό πνεῦμα δίχα τῶν τύπων καί τῆς κτίσεως δίχα τῶν σχημάτων τούς λόγους, κατά μόνον ( τόν νοῦν, τῆς κατά τήν αἴσθησιν ἐνεργείας ἀπηλλαγμένον ἑωρακώς, εὗρεν Θεόν· ἐν μέν τῷ πνεύματι τῆς Γραφῆς, ὡς ἀγαθότητος· ἐν δέ τοῖς τῶν ὄντων λόγοις, ὡς δυνάμεως· ἐν ἑαυτῷ δέ, ὡς σοφίας αἴτιον. Οἱ γάρ τῶν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων λόγοι, τήν δύναμιν ἀφηγοῦνται τοῦ Κτίσαντος· καί τό τῆς Γραφῆς πνεῦμα πρός θέωσιν ἐπανάγον πλανηθέντας, τήν ἀγαθότητα διαγγέλλει τοῦ γράψαντος· καί τό καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς νοερόν, ἀδιαστάτως τούς τῶν γεγονότων λόγους χωροῦν, ἀναφανδόν τήν τοῦ Τεχνίτου κηρύσσει σοφίαν. ΛΓ (33).
English
Since, therefore, discernment is proper to one who gropes, he who approaches the legal symbols in a knowing way and contemplates the apparent nature of beings in a scientific way, discerning Scripture and creation and himself—Scripture into letter and spirit, creation into reason and appearance, and himself into mind and sense—and taking the spirit of Scripture, the reason of creation, and his own mind, and uniting them to one another indissolubly, has found God, since he has come to know, as is both fitting and possible, the God who is in mind and reason and spirit, having been delivered from all things that deceive and drag one away into countless opinions—I mean letter and appearance and sense, in which there is a differing quantity and an opposition to the monad. But if someone, having woven together the letter of the law and the appearance of things seen and his own sense, confuses them with one another, he is blind, nearsighted, suffering from ignorance of the cause of beings. Scholion 1. He, it says, who has seen only the spirit of Scripture without the types, and the reasons of creation without the shapes, by mind alone, released from activity according to sense, has found God: in the spirit of Scripture, as of goodness; in the reasons of beings, as of power; in himself, as the cause of wisdom. For the reasons of things that came from non-being declare the power of the Creator; and the spirit of Scripture, leading back those who had wandered to deification, proclaims the goodness of the one who wrote; and the noetic faculty in us, receiving the reasons of things that have come to be without interval, openly heralds the wisdom of the Craftsman. 33.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:138 · narrative
Source
ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΑΜΗΝ ΛΕΓΩ ΥΜΙΝ, ΟΣ ΑΝ ΕΙΠΗ ΤΩ ΟΡΕΙ ΤΟΥΤΩ". 33. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΓ' Τί ἐστι ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ Ἄρθητι καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀλλὰ πιστεύσῃ ὅτι ἃ λέγει γίνεται, ἔσται αὐτῷ, ὃ ἐὰν εἴπῃ; Τί ἐστι τὸ καὶ μὴ διακριθῇ; Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ μὲν θεῖος καὶ μέγας ἀπόστολος, τί ἐστι πίστις ὁρίζων, φησὶ πίστις ἐστὶν ἐλπιζομένων ὑπόστασις καὶ πραγμάτων ἔλεγχος οὐ βλεπομένων. Εἰ δέ τις καὶ ἐνδιάθετον ἀγαθὸν αὐτὴν ὁρίσαιτο ἢ γνῶσιν ἀληθῆ τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἀγαθῶν ἀποδεικτικήν, τῆς ἀληθείας οὐ διήμαρτεν. Ὁ δὲ Κύριος, διδάσκων περὶ τῶν ἀπορρήτων ἀγαθῶν καὶ τῶν ἐλπιζομένων καὶ οὐχ ὁρωμένων, φησὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐντὸς ὑμῶν ἐστιν. Οὐκοῦν ταὐτὸν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ πίστις ἐστίν, κατὰ μόνην ἐπίνοιαν διαιρουμένη πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ πίστις ἀνείδεος Θεοῦ βασιλεία ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ βασιλεία πίστις θειωδῶς εἰδοπεποιημένη. Ὥστε κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἐκτὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν ἡ πίστις, ἥτις, ἐνεργουμένη ταῖς θείαις ἐντολαῖς, γίνεται βασιλεία Θεοῦ, μόνοις γινωσκομένη τοῖς ἔχουσι. ( Εἰ δὲ ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐνεργουμένη πίστις ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ τῶν αὐτὴν βασιλευόντων ἄμεσον πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ποιεῖται τὴν ἕνωσιν, ἡ πίστις ἀπεδείχθη σαφῶς ὑπάρχουσα δύναμις σχετικὴ ἢ σχέσις δραστικὴ τῆς ὑπὲρ φύσιν ἀμέσου τοῦ πιστεύοντος πρὸς τὸν πιστευόμενον Θεὸν τελείας ἑνώσεως.
English
Concerning "Amen I say to you, whoever says to this mountain." 33. Question 33: What is "Amen I say to you, that whoever says to this mountain, 'Be lifted up and cast into the sea,' and does not doubt in his heart but believes that what he says comes to pass, it shall be done for him"? What is "and does not doubt"? Answer. The divine and great apostle, defining what faith is, says, "Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen." And if someone should define it as an inward good, or as a true knowledge that demonstrates the ineffable goods, he has not missed the truth. And the Lord, teaching about the ineffable goods and the things hoped for and not seen, says, "The kingdom of God is within you." Therefore the faith of God is the same as the kingdom of God, being divided from the kingdom only in conception. For faith is the formless kingdom of God, while the kingdom is faith made form in a divine manner. So that, according to this account, faith is not outside us—faith which, being energized by the divine commandments, becomes the kingdom of God, known only to those who possess it. (But if the kingdom of God is faith energized, and the kingdom of God effects the immediate union with God of those who reign in it, then faith is clearly shown to be a relational power, or an active relation, of the perfect, immediate, supra-natural union of the believer with the God in whom he believes.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:139 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ ψυχῆς ὑπάρχων καὶ σώματος, δυσὶ σαλεύεται νόμοις, σαρκὸς λέγω καὶ πνεύματος, καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς νόμος κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, ὁ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος κατὰ τὸν νοῦν κέκτηται τὴν ἐνέργειαν, καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς σαρκὸς ὕλῃ συνδεῖν πέφυκε κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν ἐνεργούμενος, ὁ δὲ τοῦ πνεύματος κατὰ νοῦν ἐνεργούμενος πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀμέσως ποιεῖται τὴν ἕνωσιν, εἰκότως ὁ μὴ διακριθεὶς ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ νοῖ μὴ διακρίνας ἤγουν διατεμὼν τὴν διὰ τῆς πίστεως πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν γεγενημένην ἄμεσον ἕνωσιν, ὡς ἀπαθής, μᾶλλον δὲ Θεὸς ἤδη διὰ τῆς πίστεως τῇ ἑνώσει γεγενημένος, ἐρεῖ τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ μεταβῆναι καὶ μεταβήσεται, δεικτικῶς διὰ τοῦ τούτῳ φάναι τὸ φρόνημα καὶ τὸν νόμον δηλῶν τῆς σαρκός, τὸν βαρὺν ὄντως καὶ δυσμετακίνητον καί, ὅσον πρὸς δύναμιν φυσικήν, παντελῶς ἀκίνητον καὶ ἀσάλευτον. Τοσοῦτον γὰρ ἐρρίζωται τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως τῆς ἀλογίας ἡ δύναμις, ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς μὴδ᾽ ἄλλό τι νομίζειν εἶναι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἢ σάρκα, δύναμιν πρὸς ἀπόλαυσιν τῆς παρούσης ζωῆς τὴν αἴσθησιν ἔχουσαν. Πάντα γοῦν δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι καὶ μὴ διακρινομένῳ, τουτέστι μὴ διαιρουμένῳ τῆς κατὰ νοῦν διὰ τῆς πίστεως γεγενημένης αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἑνώσεως διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ σῶμα τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν σχέσιν, ὅσα κόσμου καὶ σαρκὸς τὸν νοῦν ἀλλοτριοῖ, Θεῷ δὲ προσοικειοῖ τετελειωμένον τοῖς κατορθώμασιν. ( ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Τήν ψιλήν πίστιν λέγει βασιλείαν ἀνείδεον, οὐκ ἔχουσαν τήν ἐκ τῶν ἀρετῶν θείαν ὁμοίωσιν.
English
Since, therefore, man consists of soul and body, he is moved by two laws, I mean that of the flesh and that of the spirit; and the law of the flesh has its operation according to sense, while the law of the spirit has its operation according to the mind; and the law of the flesh is by nature bound to matter, being operated according to sense, while the law of the spirit, being operated according to the mind, makes union with God directly. Rightly, then, he who has not been divided in his heart—that is, who has not in his mind divided or cut apart the direct union with God that has come about through faith—as one who is passionless, or rather as one who has already become God through faith by that union, will say to this mountain, "Be moved," and it will be moved; by saying "to this," he indicatively signifies the mind and law of the flesh, which is truly heavy and hard to move, and, as far as natural power goes, altogether immovable and unshakable. For to such an extent has the power of unreason been rooted in the nature of men through sense, that the many think man to be nothing other than flesh, having sense as a power for the enjoyment of the present life. All things, then, are possible to him who believes and is not divided—that is, is not separated from the union with God that has come about in his mind through faith, by reason of the soul's attachment to the body according to sense—as many things as alienate the mind from the world and the flesh and bring it near to God, perfected by right actions. (SCHOLIA 1. He calls bare faith an immaterial kingdom, not having the divine likeness that comes from the virtues.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:140 · narrative
Source
Βασιλείαν δέ λέγει τήν ἔχουσαν διά τῶν ἔργων τήν θείαν μορφήν τῆς ἀγαθότητος πίστιν. 2. Πίστις, φησίν, ἀναπόδεικτος γνῶσίς ἐστιν. Εἰ δέ γνῶσις ἀναπόδεικτός ἐστιν, ἄρα σχέσις ἐστίν ὑπέρ φύσιν ἡ πίστις, δι᾿ ἧς ἀγνώστως, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀποδεικτικῶς ἑνούμεθα τῷ Θεῷ, κατά τήν ὑπέρ νόησιν ἕνωσιν. 3. Τήν ἄμεσον λαβών πρός τόν Θεόν ἕνωσιν ὁ νοῦς, τήν τοῦ νοεῖν καί νοεῖσθαι κατά φύσιν παντελῶς δύναμιν ἔχει σχολάζουσαν. Ὁπηνίκα γοῦν ταύτην λύσει νοήσας τι τῶν μετά Θεόν, διεκρίθη τεμών τήν ὑπέρ νόησιν ἕνωσιν· καθ᾿ ἥν ἕως ἐστί τῷ Θεῷ συνημμένος, ὡς ὑπέρ φύσιν, καί τῇ μεθέξει Θεός γεγενημένος, καθάπερ ὅρος ἀκίνητον, ἑαυτοῦ τόν τῆς φύσεως μετατίθησι νόμον. 4. Προσυπακουστέον φησί τό· Πάντα δυνατά τῷ πιστεύοντι, τά ὅσα κόσμου καί σαρκός τόν νοῦν ἀλλοτριοῖ. Ταῦτα γάρ εἰσι τά δυνατά τῷ πιστεύοντι παρά Θεῷ. ΛΔ (34). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΔΙΑ ΤΟΥΤΟ ΛΕΓΩ ΥΜΙΝ ΟΤΙ ΠΑΝΤΑ ΟΣΑ ΑΝ ΠΡΟΣΕΥΧΟΜΕΝΟΙ ΑΙΤΕΙΣΘΕ, ΠΙΣΤΕΥΕΤΕ ΟΤΙ ΛΑΜΒΑΝΕΤΕ". 34. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΔ' Τί πάλιν ἐστὶ διὰ τοῦτο λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι πάντα ὅσα ἂν προσευχόμενοι αἰτεῖσθε, πιστεύετε ὅτι λαμβάνετε, καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν. Πῶς τις δύναται πιστεύειν ὅτι πάντως λαμβάνει ὃ αἰτεῖ, μόνου τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰδότος εἰ συμφέρει τὸ αἰτούμενον ἢ μή; Καὶ εἰ ἐξ ἀγνοίας ὃ οὐ συμφέρει αἰτεῖ, πῶς παρέχει; Καὶ εἰ ( οὐ παρέχει τὸ μὴ συμφερόντως ἐξ ἀγνοίας αἰτούμενον, πῶς πιστεῦσαί τις δύναται ἐπὶ παντὸς αἰτήματος ὅτι λαμβάνει καὶ ἔσται αὐτῷ;
English
He calls kingdom the faith that possesses through works the divine form of goodness. 2. Faith, he says, is undemonstrated knowledge. And if it is undemonstrated knowledge, then faith is a relation beyond nature, through which we are united to God in an unknowing, not a demonstrative, way, according to the union that surpasses understanding. 3. The intellect, having received the immediate union with God, keeps the natural power of understanding and being understood wholly at rest. Whenever, then, it dissolves this by understanding something among the things after God, it is divided, cutting off the union that surpasses understanding; and while it remains joined to God, as beyond nature, and has become God by participation, like an immovable mountain, it sets aside the law of its own nature. 4. One must also understand in addition, he says, the saying: All things are possible to the one who believes—namely, all things that alienate the intellect from the world and the flesh. For these are the things that are possible to the one who believes, with God. 34. CONCERNING "THEREFORE I SAY TO YOU, ALL THINGS WHATEVER YOU ASK IN PRAYER, BELIEVE THAT YOU RECEIVE." 34. QUESTION 34: What again is the meaning of "Therefore I say to you, all things whatever you ask in prayer, believe that you receive, and it will be yours"? How can one believe that he certainly receives what he asks, when God alone knows whether the thing asked is beneficial or not? And if out of ignorance he asks for what is not beneficial, how does he grant it? And if he does not grant what is asked unbeneficially out of ignorance, how can one believe, in the case of every request, that he receives and it will be his?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:141 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Πάντα μὲν τὰ τοῦ παρόντος κεφαλαίου κατ᾽ ἐπιτομὴν ἐν τῷ πρὸ αὐτοῦ ἐπιλέλυται. Μόνων γὰρ τῶν ἐπεγνωκότων πῶς δεῖ πιστεύειν ἐστὶ τὸ εἰδέναι τί δεῖ καὶ πῶς καὶ περὶ τίνων αἰτεῖσθαι. Οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ γνῶσις, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἡ πίστις. Πλὴν ὁ Κύριος, εἰπὼν ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ, τουτέστι πρὸ πάντων τὴν ἐπίγνωσιν τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ οὕτω τὴν τῶν καθηκόντων τρόπων ἐξάσκησιν, σαφῶς ἔδειξε περὶ μόνης τῆς θείας γνώσεως δεῖν ζητεῖν τοὺς πιστεύοντας καὶ τῆς αὐτὴν κοσμούσης διὰ τῶν ἔργων ἀρετῆς. Ἐπειδὴ γοῦν πολλὰ τυγχάνει τὰ πρὸς γνῶσιν Θεοῦ καὶ ἀρετὴν ζητούμενα τοῖς πιστεύουσι, ἀπαλλαγὴ παθῶν, ὑπομονὴ πειρασμῶν, ἀρετῶν λόγοι, τρόποι ἐνεργειῶν, ἐξήλωσις τῆς πρὸς σάρκα τῆς ψυχῆς διαθέσεως, ἀποξένωσις τῆς πρὸς τὰ αἰσθητὰ τῆς αἰσθήσεως σχέσεως, τοῦ νοῦ παντελὴς ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν γεγονότων ἀναχώρησιςκαὶ ἁπλῶς μυρία ἄλλα εἰσὶ τὰ πρὸς ἀποχὴν μὲν κακίας καὶ ἀγνωσίας, κατόρθωσιν δὲ γνώσεως καὶ ἀρετῆςεἰκότως ὁ Κύριος ἔφη πάντα ὅσα ἂν αἰτεῖσθε πιστεύοντες λήψεσθε, πάντα ἁπλῶς τὰ πρὸς ἐπίγνωσιν Θεοῦ καὶ ἀρετὴν συντείνοντα μόνα καὶ ζητεῖν καὶ αἰτεῖν μετ᾽ ἐπιστήμης καὶ πίστεως δεῖν εἰπὼν τοὺς εὐσεβεῖς. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντως συμφέρει, καὶ πάντως δίδωσιν αὐτὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν ὁ Κύριος. Ὁ τοίνυν διὰ μόνην τὴν πίστιν, ἤγουν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἄμεσον ἕνωσιν, πάντα ζητῶν τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἕνωσιν, πάντως λήψεται. Ὁ δὲ ταύτης δίχα τῆς αἰτίας, κἂν ἄλλα, κἂν τὰ προειρημένα ζητῇ, οὐ λήψεται· οὐ γὰρ πιστεύει, ἀλλ᾽ οἰκείαν ὡς ἄπιστος διὰ τῶν θείων πραγματεύεται δόξαν. ΛΕ (35).
English
Answer. Everything in the present chapter has been resolved in summary in the one before it. For it belongs only to those who have recognized how one must believe to know what one must ask for, and how, and concerning what. For knowledge is not of all, just as faith is not either. Indeed the Lord, having said, Seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, that is, before all things the knowledge of the truth and thus the practice of the fitting ways of life, clearly showed that those who believe must seek only the divine knowledge and the virtue that adorns it through works. Since, then, there happen to be many things sought by believers for the knowledge of God and virtue— release from passions, endurance of temptations, principles of virtues, modes of action, zeal for the soul's disposition toward the flesh, estrangement of the senses from their relation to sensible things, the mind's complete withdrawal from all created things, and simply countless other things that lead to abstention from evil and ignorance and to the right establishment of knowledge and virtue—reasonably the Lord said, All things whatever you ask for believing, you will receive, saying that the pious must seek and ask with knowledge and faith only those things that contribute simply to the knowledge of God and virtue. For these are altogether beneficial, and the Lord altogether gives them to those who ask. Therefore the one who seeks all things that lead to union through faith alone, that is, through direct union with God, will altogether receive them. But the one who seeks without this, the cause, whether other things or the things previously mentioned, will not receive them; for he does not believe, but as an unbeliever he traffics in his own opinion through divine things.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:142 · narrative
Source
ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΠΩΣ ΚΕΛΕΥΟΜΕΘΑ ΕΣΘΙΕΙΝ ΤΗΝ ΣΑΡΚΑ ΤΟΥ ΛΟΓΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΠΙΝΕΙΝ ΤΟ ΑΙΜΑ, ΜΗ ΣΥΝΤΡΙΒΕΙΝ ΔΕ ΤΑ ΟΣΤΑ; 35. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΕ' Ἐπειδὴ ὁ Λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ οὐ μόνον σὰρξ ἀλλὰ καὶ αἷμα καὶ ὀστᾶ, καὶ κελευόμεθα ἐσθίειν μὲν τὴν σάρκα, πίνειν δὲ τὸ αἷμα, μὴ συντρίβειν δὲ τὰ ὀστᾶ, παρακαλῶ μαθεῖν τίς ἡ τριμερὴς αὕτη τοῦ ἀνθρωπισθέντος Λόγου δύναμις. Ἀπόκρισις. Εἰς οὐσίαν ἐλθεῖν βουληθείς, ὡς οἶδεν αὐτὸς ὁ ὑπερούσιος Λόγος καὶ πάντων τῶν ὄντων δημιουργός, τοὺς τῶν ὄντων πάντων τῶν φαινομένων καὶ νοουμένων μετὰ τῶν ἀκαταλήπτων τῆς οἰκείας θεότητος νοημάτων φυσικοὺς ἐπεφέρετο λόγους· ὧν, τῶν μὲν νοητῶν οἱ λόγοι εἶεν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Λόγου, τῶν αἰσθητῶν δὲ οἱ λόγοι ἡ φαινομένη τοῦ Λόγου ἔστω σάρξ. Ἐπειδὴ τοίνυν καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς φαινομένοις καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς νοουμένοις πνευματικῶν λόγων ὑπάρχει διδάσκαλος ὁ Λόγος, πρεπόντως καὶ κατὰ λόγον δίδωσι τοῖς ἀξίοις, ὡς σάρκα φαγεῖν, τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τῶν ὁρωμένων ἐπιστήμην καί, ὡς αἷμα πίνειν, τὴν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τῶν νοουμένων γνῶσιν, οὓς καὶ ἡ σοφία διὰ τοῦ κρατῆρος καὶ τῶν θυμάτων πόρρωθεν μυστικῶς διὰ τῶν Παροιμιῶν ἡτοιμάσατο· τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ, τουτέστι τοὺς ὑπὲρ νόησιν περὶ θεότητος λόγους, πάσῃ γενητῇ φύσει κατὰ τὸ ἴσον ἀπείρως ἀπέχοντας, οὐ δίδωσιν, οὐκ ἐχούσης τῆς τῶν ὄντων φύσεως κατά τινα δύναμιν πρὸς τούτους τὴν ἐπιδεχομένην σχέσιν.
English
CONCERNING HOW WE ARE COMMANDED TO EAT THE FLESH OF THE WORD AND DRINK THE BLOOD, BUT NOT TO BREAK THE BONES. 35. QUESTION 35. Since the Word became flesh, and not only flesh but also blood and bones, and we are commanded to eat the flesh and drink the blood, but not to break the bones, I ask to learn what this threefold power of the incarnate Word is. Answer. Wishing to come into being, as the supersubstantial Word himself, the creator of all things that exist, knows, he brought with him the natural principles of all things that exist, both visible and intelligible, together with the incomprehensible thoughts of his own divinity; of these, the principles of intelligible things would be the blood of the Word, and the principles of sensible things let be the visible flesh of the Word. Since, then, the Word is the teacher of the spiritual principles both in things visible and in things intelligible, fittingly and reasonably he gives to those who are worthy, as it were to eat flesh, the knowledge of the principles of things seen, and, as it were to drink blood, the knowledge of the principles of things intelligible—which things Wisdom also mystically prepared beforehand through the bowl and the victims in Proverbs; but the bones, that is, the principles concerning divinity that are beyond understanding, which are infinitely distant in equal measure from every created nature, he does not give, since the nature of existing things does not possess any capacity that admits a relation to these.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:143 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πάλιν, σάρξ ἐστι τοῦ Λόγου ἡ ἀληθὴς ἀρετή, αἷμα δὲ ἡ ἄπταιστος γνῶσις, ὀστᾶ δὲ ἡ ἀπόρρητος θεολογία. Τρόπον γὰρ αἵματος, κατ᾽ εἶδος εἰς σάρκα μεταβαλλομένου, καὶ ἡ γνῶσις διὰ τῆς πρακτικῆς εἰς ἀρετὴν μεταπλάττεται, καὶ ὀστέων δίκην συστατικῶν αἴματος καὶ σαρκός, καὶ οἱ πάσης ἐπέκεινα νοήσεως περὶ θεότητος λόγοι, τοῖς οὖσιν ἐνυπάρχοντες, τὰς τῶν ὄντων ( ἀγνώστως καὶ ποιοῦσι καὶ πρὸς τὸ εἶναι συνέχουσιν οὐσίας, καὶ πᾶσαν γνῶσιν καὶ πᾶσαν ἀρετὴν συνιστῶσιν. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς περὶ κρίσεως καὶ προνοίας λόγους εἶναι τὴν σάρκα καὶ τὸ αἷμα, ὡς πάντως ποτὲ βρωθησομένους καὶ ποθησομένους, τοὺς δὲ τούτοις ἐγκεκρυμμένους ἀρρήτους περὶ θεότητος λόγους ὀστᾶ φήσειέ τις, οὐκ ἔξω βέβηκεν, ὧς οἶμαι, τοῦ εἰκότος. Τυχὸν δὲ σάρξ ἐστι πάλιν τοῦ Λόγου καὶ ἡ τῆς φύσεως τελεία πρὸς ἑαυτὴν δι᾽ ἀρετῆς καὶ γνώσεως ἐπάνοδος καὶ ἀποκατάστασις, αἷμα δὲ ἡ ταύτην πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ εὖ εἶναι χάριτι συνέχειν μέλλουσα θέωσις, ὀστᾶ δὲ αὐτὴ ἡ πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ εὖ εἶναι διὰ θεώσεως συνέχουσα τὴν φύσιν ἄγνωστος δύναμις.
English
And again, the true virtue is the flesh of the Word, and blameless knowledge is the blood, and secret theology is the bones. For just as blood, by its nature, is changed into flesh, so knowledge, through the practical life, is transformed into virtue; and like bones, which hold blood and flesh together, the words concerning the Godhead that surpass every thought, existing in all things, unknowably create the essences of beings and sustain them in being, and establish all knowledge and all virtue. And if someone should say that the words concerning judgment and providence are the flesh and the blood, as destined at some time to be eaten and desired, and that the secret words concerning the Godhead hidden within them are the bones, he has not, I think, departed from what is fitting. Perhaps, again, the flesh of the Word is the perfect return and restoration of nature to itself through virtue and knowledge, and the blood is the deification that will hold it fast in ever being well by grace, and the bones are that unknown power itself which holds nature fast in ever being well through deification.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:144 · narrative
Source
Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸ ληπτότερον εἴποι τις ὅτι σάρξ ἐστιν ἡ διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἑκούσιος νέκρωσις, αἷμα δὲ ἡ κατὰ περίστασιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας διὰ τοῦ θανάτου τελείωσις, ὀστᾶ δὲ τοὺς πρώτους καὶ ἡμῖν ἀνεφίκτους περὶ θεότητος λόγους, καλῶς καὶ οὗτος ἔφη καὶ τῆς πρεπούσης ἐννοίας οὐδαμῶς διαπέπτωκεν. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἀπόῤῥητός ἐστι θεολογία, ἡ παντελής καθ᾿ ὑπεροχήν ἀγνωσία, ἥτις τοσοῦτον ἠγνόηται, ὅσον ἔγνωσται τά φυσικῶς γινωσκόμενα. 2. Τό αἷμα εἰς τήν θέωσιν ἔλαβεν, ὡς ζωήν ἐσομένην τῶν ἀξιωθησομένων αὐτῆς. Ζωῆς γάρ τό αἷμα σύμβολον. Λ (36). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΤΙΝΑ ΕΙΣΙ ΤΑ ΤΩΝ ΘΥΟΜΕΝΩΝ ΖΩΩΝ ΣΩΜΑΤΑ. 36. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Λ ' Τί ἐστι τὰ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων σώματα καὶ αἵματα, δι᾽ ὧν λατρεύοντες οἱ Ἰσραηλῖται τὰ μὲν σώματα ἤσθιον τὰ δὲ αἵματα οὐκ ἔτι, πρὸς δὲ τὴν βάσιν κύκλῳ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου προσέχεον; ( Ἀπόκρισις. Τῶν εἰσαγομένων πρὸς εὐσέβειαν τύπον ἔφερον οἱ πάλαι τῷ Θεῷ κατὰ τὸν νόμον ἐν σκιᾷ λατρεύοντες, μόλις καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ φαινόμενα τῶν τυπικῶν συμβόλων διατάγματα νοῆσαι δυνάμενοι. Ἐπεὶ οὖν οὐκ ἐκείνοις προηγουμένως ἀλλ᾽ ἡμῖν ὁ νόμος ἐδόθη, κατὰ Χριστὸν πνευματικῶς δι᾽ ἡμῶν τελειούμενος, σκοπήσωμεν τῶν τότε θυμάτων μετὰ τῆς εὐσεβείας τὸν λόγον. Ὁ πρὸς εὐσέβειαν εἰσαγόμενος, περὶ τῶν ἔργων διδασκόμενος τῆς δικαιοσύνης, τὴν πρᾶξιν μόνην ἐπιτελεῖ μετὰ πάσης ὑπακοῆς καὶ πίστεως, καθάπερ σάρκας ἐσθίων τῶν ἀρετῶν τὰ φαινόμενα, τοὺς δὲ τῶν ἐντολῶν λόγους, ἐν οἷς ἡ τῶν τελείων ὑπάρχει γνῶσις, τῷ Θεῷ παραχωρεῖ διὰ τῆς πίστεως, μὴ δυνάμενος τέως συνεπεκταθῆναι τῷ μήκει τῆς γνώσεως.
English
But if someone were to state it in a more readily graspable way, that the flesh is the voluntary putting to death through the virtues, and the blood is the perfection through death on behalf of the truth under circumstances of trial, and the bones are the first principles concerning divinity that are beyond our reach, this person too has spoken well and has in no way fallen short of the fitting conception. SCHOLIA 1. Secret theology is the complete ignorance according to transcendence, which is unknown to the same degree that the things naturally known are known. 2. The blood was taken for deification, as it will be life for those deemed worthy of it. For blood is a symbol of life. 36. CONCERNING WHAT THE BODIES OF THE SACRIFICED ANIMALS ARE. 36. QUESTION 36: What are the bodies and bloods of the irrational animals, through which the Israelites, when they worshipped, ate the bodies but no longer the bloods, but poured it out around the base of the altar? ( Answer. Those of old who worshipped God according to the law in shadow bore the type of those being introduced to piety, being scarcely able to understand even the visible ordinances of the typical symbols themselves. Since, then, the law was given not primarily for them but for us, being perfected spiritually in Christ through us, let us consider the reason of the sacrifices of that time together with piety. The one being introduced to piety, when taught concerning the works of righteousness, performs the practice alone with all obedience and faith, as though eating the visible things of the virtues as flesh, but he concedes the principles of the commandments, in which lies the knowledge of the perfect, to God through faith, not yet being able to extend himself to the length of knowledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:145 · narrative
Source
Θεοῦ γὰρ σύμβολόν ἐστι τὸ θυσιαστήριον, ᾧ πάντες πνευματικῶς θυόμεθα καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν παραχωροῦμεν τὴν εἴδησιν, ἵνα ζήσωμεν. Τῆς δὲ κατ᾽ αὐτὸν πίστεως τύπος ἐστὶν ἡ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου βάσις. Θεμέλιος γὰρ ἡ πίστις ὑπάρχει, πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκοδομὴν τῶν θείων καὶ ἔργων καὶ νοημάτων βαστάζουσα· πρὸς ἣν πᾶς μὴ δυνάμενος τῆς ἐκ τοῦ θείου τῆς σοφίας κρατῆρος κατὰ τὴν γνῶσιν σωφρόνως ἀπολαῦσαι μέθης τῶν οὐκ ἐφικτῶν αὐτῷ γνώσεων καλῶς ποιῶν προσχέει τοὺς λόγους, τουτέστι τῶν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν λόγων τὴν γνῶσιν τῇ πίστει παραχωρῶν. Ὡς οὖν τύπον τῶν κατ᾽ εὐσέβειαν εἰσαγομένων ὁ παλαιὸς λαὸς φέρων, ἐσθίοντες τῶν θυομένων τὰς σάρκας τὸ αἷμα πρὸς τὴν βάσιν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου προσέχεον, οὐ δυνάμενοι διὰ τὸν νηπιάζοντα λογισμὸν τῆς τῶν γινομένων μυστικῆς ἐφικέσθαι γνώσεως. Χριστὸς δέ, παραγενόμενος ἀρχιερεὺς τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν, τὴν ἀπόρρητον θύων θυσίαν, ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τὸ αἷμα δίδωσι τοῖς τὰ αἰσθητήρια τῆς ψυχῆς διὰ τὴν ( τελειότητα γεγυμνασμένα ἔχουσι πρὸς διάκρισιν καλοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ. Ὁ γὰρ τέλειος, οὐ μόνον τὴν τῶν εἰσαγομένων τάξιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν προκοπτόντων διαδραμών, οὐκ ἀγνοεῖ τῶν ὑπ᾽ αὐτοῦ κατ᾽ ἐντολὴν γινομένων τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκείνους Πνεύματι πρῶτον διαπιών, πᾶσαν ἐσθίει διὰ τῶν ἔργων τὴν σάρκα τῶν ἀρετῶν, πρὸς τὴν κατὰ νοῦν γνῶσιν ἀναβιβάζων τὴν τῶν γινομένων κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν κίνησιν. Εἰσὶ μὲν καὶ ἕτεροι πλεῖστοι λόγοι περὶ τούτων, ὑμῖν μάλιστα πρέποντες τοῖς φιλοθεωτάτοις· ἀλλὰ παρείσθωσαν νῦν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Τά φαινόμενα τῶν ἀρετῶν εἶπεν τήν ἠθικήν παιδαγωγίαν.
English
For the altar is a symbol of God, to whom we are all spiritually sacrificed and to whom we yield the knowledge of things beyond our power, so that we may live. And the base of the altar is a type of the faith in him. For faith is the foundation, bearing the whole building of divine works and thoughts; and everyone who is unable to enjoy soberly, in knowledge, from the divine bowl of wisdom, pours out his words well to it—that is, surrendering the knowledge of things beyond his power to faith—so as not to be drunk with the knowledge of things he cannot attain. As therefore the old people, bearing the type of those who are introduced into piety, ate the flesh of the sacrifices and poured the blood toward the base of the altar, being unable, because of their infantile reasoning, to attain the mystical knowledge of what was taking place. But Christ, having come as high priest of the good things to come, offering the ineffable sacrifice, gives himself with the flesh and the blood to those who have the senses of the soul trained, through perfection, for the discernment of good and evil. For the perfect man, having run through not only the order of those being introduced but also that of those advancing, is not ignorant of the reasons of the things done by him according to the commandment, but having first drunk them in the Spirit, he eats all the flesh of the virtues through his works, raising the motion of things done according to sense up to the knowledge according to the mind. There are indeed very many other accounts about these things, most fitting for you who are most devoted to contemplation; but let them be passed over now because of their number. SCHOLIA 1. He called the appearances of the virtues the ethical training.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:146 · narrative
Source
2. Τό αἷμα κατά θεωρίαν, εἰς τήν γνῶσιν ἔλαβεν, ὡς ὑποτρέφουσαν τό σῶμα τῶν ἀρετῶν. ΛΖ (37). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΔΗΞΑΣΗΣ ΤΟΝ ΠΑΥΛΟΝ ΕΧΙΔΝΗΣ. 37. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΖ' Λέγει εἰς τὰς Πράξεις περὶ τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου· ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἐπιφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια καὶ σημικίνθια καὶ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσους. Ἆρα γὰρ διὰ τὴν διακονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀπίστους τοῦτο ἐγίνετο, ἢ ἁγιασθέντος τοῦ σώματος ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ ἐπετελεῖτο; Καὶ εἰ κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἐχίδνης οὐδὲν ἔπαθεν, τίνι τῷ λόγῳ τῷ μὲν ἰῷ τοῦ θηρίου οὐχ ὑπέπεσε τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἁγίου, τῷ δὲ ξίφει ὑπέπεσε; Τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ ζητῶ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος Ἐλισσαίου. Τίνα δὲ τὰ σημικίνθιά εἰσιν; ( Ἀπόκρισις. Οὔτε διὰ μόνην τοῦ ἁγίου Παύλου τὴν ἁγιότητα, οὔτε διὰ μόνην τὴν τῶν δεχομένων πίστιν ὁ χρὼς τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ διὰ τῶν σουδαρίων καὶ τῶν σημικινθίων ἐπετέλει τὰς ἰάσεις, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτιπερ αὐτῷ τε κἀκείνοις ἡ θεία χάρις, ἑαυτὴν ἐπιμερίσασα, φιλανθρώπως ἐν ἐκείνοις διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἐνεργὸν ἐποίει τοῦ ἀποστόλου τὴν ἁγιότητα. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν πάλιν, βουληθείσης τῆς χάριτος, ἀπαθὲς διέμεινεν αὐτοῦ τὸ σῶμα, τῷ ἰῷ τοῦ θηρίου μὴ διαφθειρόμενον, εἴτε τὴν ἐν τῷ ἰῷ τοῦ θηρὸς φθαρτικὴν ποιότητα μεταβαλούσης, εἴτε τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἁγίου τῆς τοιαύτης δαπανητικὸν φθορᾶς ἀπεργασαμένης, εἴτε κατ᾽ ἄλλον τινὰ τρόπον οἰκονομίας, ὃν οἶδεν ὁ ταῦτα ποιῶν καὶ μετασκευάζων Θεός. Τῷ δὲ ξίφει πάλιν ὑπέπεσε, βουληθείσης τῆς χάριτος. Οὐ γὰρ ἦν κατὰ φύσιν ἀθάνατος, κἂν ἦν διὰ τὴν χάριν θαυματουργός.
English
2. The blood, in the contemplative sense, he took for knowledge, as nourishing the body of the virtues. 37. CONCERNING THE VIPER THAT BIT PAUL. Question 37. He says in the Acts concerning Saint Paul: so that even handkerchiefs and aprons were carried from his skin to the sick, and diseases were released from them. Was this done because of the ministry, even for the unbelievers, or was it accomplished from his skin because his body had been sanctified? And if in this respect he suffered nothing even from the viper, by what reason did the body of the saint not fall victim to the poison of the beast, but did fall victim to the sword? I seek the same thing also concerning the body of Elisha. And what are the aprons? ( Answer. Neither because of the holiness of Saint Paul alone, nor because of the faith of those receiving them alone, did the surface of his body accomplish the healings through the handkerchiefs and aprons, but because the divine grace, dividing itself between him and them, in a loving manner made the holiness of the apostle effective in them through faith. Thus, then, again, when grace willed it, his body remained unharmed, not being corrupted by the poison of the beast, whether grace changed the destructive quality in the poison of the beast, or made the body of the saint incapable of such consuming corruption, or in some other manner of dispensation, which God, who does these things and transforms them, knows. And again he fell victim to the sword, when grace willed it. For he was not immortal by nature, even though he was a wonderworker by grace.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:147 · narrative
Source
Εἰ μὲν κατὰ φύσιν ὑπῆρχεν ἀθάνατος, καλῶς ἂν ἐζητοῦμεν τὸν καθ᾽ ὃν παρὰ φύσιν ὑπέπεσε τῷ ξίφει λόγον· εἰ δὲ φύσει καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἁγιότητα διέμεινε θνητός, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀναγκαῖον ζητῆσαι τὸν καθ᾽ ὃν οὐ τοιῶσδε ἀλλὰ τοιῶσδε τὴν ἐν σαρκὶ ζωὴν παρῆλθε λόγον ὁ θεῖος ἀπόστολος. Ὧι γὰρ τρόπῳ βούλεται ὁ τὴν ἑκάστου πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων συμφερόντως διορίσας ζωὴν Θεός, ἕκαστον πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον τῆς ζωῆς ἄγει τέλος, εἴτε δίκαιον εἴτε ἄδικον. Εἰ μὲν οὖν εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἦν φύσεως καὶ χάριτος λόγος, θαύματος ἦν ἄξιον καὶ καταπλήξεως τὸ κατὰ τὴν φύσιν παρὰ τὴν χάριν, ἢ κατὰ τὴν χάριν παρὰ τὴν φύσιν γινόμενον· εἰ δὲ μᾶλλον ἕτερος καὶ ἕτερος φύσεως καὶ χάριτος λόγος, δῆλόν ἐστι καὶ σαφὲς ὅτι, ὡς μὲν ἅγιοι, ἐθαυματούργουν διὰ τὴν χάριν, ὡς δὲ ἄνθρωποι, ἔπασχον διὰ τὴν φύσιν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἀνεῖλε τὸ τῆς φύσεως παθητὸν ἡ χάρις, οὐδαμῶς ἀλλήλοις συμφυρέντων τῶν ἐν φύσει καὶ χάριτι λόγων. Οὕτω δεξώμεθα πάντα ποιεῖν κατ᾽ οἰκονομίαν τῶν προνοουμένων ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ χάριν καὶ ζῶσι καὶ ἀποθανοῦσιν, ὡς ἐν ὀργάνοις οἰκείοις ( τῆς τῶν ἄλλων προνοουμένην σωτηρίας, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ κατὰ φύσιν ταῦτα διὰ τὴν χάριν ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐνεργοῦντας τοὺς ἁγίους. Τοῦτο γοῦν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σώματος Ἐλισσαίου.
English
If he was by nature immortal, we would rightly inquire into the reason by which, contrary to nature, he fell to the sword; but if by nature, even after his sanctity, he remained mortal, it is not necessary to inquire into the reason by which the divine apostle passed from this life in the flesh in one way rather than another. For in whatever manner God, who before the ages providentially ordained the life of each for their benefit, wills, he leads each one to the proper end of his life, whether righteous or unrighteous. If, then, the principle of nature and the principle of grace were one and the same, it would be worthy of wonder and astonishment that what happens according to nature is contrary to grace, or what happens according to grace is contrary to nature; but if the principle of nature and the principle of grace are rather different and distinct, it is clear and evident that, as saints, they worked wonders through grace, and, as human beings, they suffered through nature, since grace did not abolish the passibility of nature—the principles in nature and in grace in no way being confused with one another. Let us understand in this way that the grace of God in the saints, both living and dead, does all things by the economy of those under providence, as in its own instruments (providing for the salvation of others), but that the saints do not perform these things in others by nature through grace. This, then, is also the case with the body of Elisha.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:148 · narrative
Source
Ἀλλ᾽ ἐπειδὴ τῶν ἱστορουμένων τὰ νοούμενα μᾶλλον εὐφραίνει τὴν τῶν φιλοθέων ψυχήν, χρῶτα μέν φαμεν εἶναι τοῦ μεγάλου ἀποστόλου τὴν εὐσέβειαν, καθ᾽ ἣν τοῖς μὲν ἦν ὀσμὴ ἀπὸ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν, τοῖς δὲ ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον, σουδάρια δὲ τοὺς ἐκφανεῖς τῆς γνωστικῆς αὐτοῦ θεωρίας λόγους, τὰ δὲ σημικίνθια τοὺς σεμνοὺς τῆς κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας τρόπους· ἐγχείρια γὰρ εἶναί φασι τὰ σημικίνθια. Οὕστινας λόγους τε καὶ τρόπους πνέοντας καὶ ἐκπέμποντας καθάπερ εὐωδίαν τὰ χρῶτα, τουτέστι τὴν τοῦ μακαρίου ἀποστόλου μεγάλην εὐσέβειαν, οἱ δεχόμενοι τὴν τῆς πιεζούσης αὐτοὺς ἀσθενείας ἐλάμβανον ἴασιν, οἱ μὲν διὰ τῶν περὶ θεωρίας λόγων, ὡς σουδαρίων, τὴν νόσον τῆς ἀγνωσίας διώκοντες, οἱ δὲ διὰ τῶν κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐναρέτων τρόπων τὴν ἀρρωστίαν τῆς κακίας παντελῶς ἀφανίζοντες.
English
But since the things understood in the accounts delight the soul of those who love God more than the accounts themselves, we say that the skin of the great apostle is his piety, according to which he was to some a fragrance from life to life, and to others a fragrance from death to death; and the handkerchiefs are the manifest words of his gnostic contemplation, and the aprons are the reverent modes of the practical philosophy according to virtue—for they say the aprons were hand-cloths. These words and modes, breathing and emitting as it were a sweet fragrance—the skins, that is, the great piety of the blessed apostle—those who received them obtained healing from the weakness that pressed upon them: some, through the words concerning contemplation, as through handkerchiefs, driving away the disease of ignorance, and others, through the virtuous modes of action, utterly destroying the sickness of vice.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:149 · narrative
Source
Οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸν αὐτῷ συμβάντα ζοφερὸν χειμῶνα τὸ βάρος εἶναι τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν τεκμαίρομαι, τὴν δὲ νῆσον τὴν παγίαν ἕξιν τῆς θείας ἐλπίδος καὶ ἄσειστον, τὴν δὲ πυρὰν τὴν ἕξιν τῆ γνώσεως, τὰ δὲ φρύγανα τὴν τῶν ὁρωμένων φύσιν, ἣν συνέστρεφε τῇ χειρί, τῇ κατὰ θεωρίαν λέγω ψηλαφητικῇ τοῦ νοῦ δυνάμει, διατρέφων τοῖς ἐξ αὐτῆς νοήμασι τὴν ἕξιν τῆς γνώσεως, τὴν θεραπεύουσαν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ χειμῶνος τῶν πειρασμῶν προστριβεῖσαν τῇ διανοίᾳ κατήφειαν, τὴν δὲ ἔχιδναν τὴν λανθανόντως ἐγκεκρυμμένην τῇ φύσει τῶν αἰσθητῶν πονηρὰν καὶ ὀλέθριον δύναμιν, δήξασαν μὲν τὴν χεῖρα, τουτέστι τὴν κατὰ νοῦν ψηλαφητικὴν τῆς θεωρίας ἐνέργειαν, οὐ βλάψασαν δὲ τὸν διορατικὸν νοῦν, τῷ φωτὶ τῆς γνώσεως αὐτὴν εὐθὺς ὡς ἐν πυρὶ διαφθείραντα τὴν τῷ ( πρακτικῷ κινήματι τοῦ νοῦ προσαφθεῖσαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν αἰσθητῶν θεωρίας ὀλέθριον δύναμιν. Ὡσαύτως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἐλισσαίου νοῶ· ὅτιπερ ἕκαστος νεκρὸς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν, ἐπειδὰν τοῦ μνήματος ἐπιτεθῇ τοῦ προφήτου, ἐν ᾧ ἦν τὸ σῶμα, τουτέστι τῇ τὸ ἴχνος ἐχούσῃ τοῦ βίου τοῦ προφητικοῦ μνήμῃ, ἐν ᾧ ἦν καλῶς φυλαττόμενον τὸ σῶμα τῶν ἀρετῶν, κατὰ τὴν μίμησιν τῶν τρόπων ἀναστροφῇ ζωοποιεῖται, πρὸς τὴν ἐνάρετον μετατιθέμενος ζωὴν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν παθῶν τῆς κακίας νεκρότητος. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Πίστις τῶν δεομένων ἰάσεως, φησί, παρεκαλεῖτο τήν ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις τοῦ Πνεύματος δύναμιν, ἵνα διά τῆς πίστεως ἡ τέως λανθάνουσα φανερά γένηται δύναμις· καί ἡ κεκρυμμένη πίστις διά τῆς δυνάμεως γένηται πᾶσι διάδηλος.
English
Thus I infer that the gloomy storm that befell him is the weight of involuntary temptations; the island, the firm and unshaken habit of divine hope; the fire, the habit of knowledge; the brushwood, the nature of visible things, which he gathered together with his hand—I mean the apprehensive power of the intellect in contemplation—nourishing by the thoughts drawn from it the habit of knowledge, which heals the dejection inflicted on the mind by the storm of temptations; and the viper, the evil and destructive power secretly hidden in the nature of sensible things, which bit the hand—that is, the apprehensive activity of contemplation according to the intellect—but did not harm the discerning intellect, since by the light of knowledge it straightway destroyed it as in fire—the destructive power that had attached itself to the practical movement of the intellect from the contemplation of sensible things. In the same way I understand the matter in the case of Elisha: that each dead man in his transgressions, whenever he is laid upon the tomb of the prophet, in which the body was—that is, upon the memory that bears the trace of the prophet's life, in which the body of the virtues was well preserved—is made alive by the imitation of his ways in conduct, being transferred to the virtuous life from the deadness of the passions of vice. SCHOLIA 1. The faith of those who need healing, he says, called upon the power of the Spirit that is in the saints, so that through faith the power that had hitherto lain hidden might become manifest; and the hidden faith might through the power become evident to all.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:150 · narrative
Source
Τηνικαῦτα γάρ ὁ τῶν ἰαμάτων ἀληθής πέφυκε διαδείκνυσθαι τρόπος, ὁπηνίκα τῇ τῶν ἐνεργουμένων πίστει συμβαίνει διά πάντων ἡ τῶν ἐνεργοῦντων ἐν Πνεύματι δύναμις. 2. Ὁ γνώμῃ, φησίν, τῆς καθ᾿ ἁμαρτίαν καθαρεύων φθορᾶς, φθείρει τήν τῶν φθείρειν πεφυκότων φθοράν. Ἡ γάρ ἀφθαρσία τῆς προαιρέσεως τήν φθοράν συντηρεῖν τῆς φύσεως πέφυκεν ἄφθαρτον κατά πρόνοιαν, διά τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ τοῦ Πνεύματος χάριτος μή συγχωροῦσα ταῖς ἐναντίαις ποιότησιν αὐτήν δυναστεύεσθαι. 3. Ἐπειδή φύσεως, φησίν, καί χάριτος εἷς καί ὁ αὐτός οὐκ ἔστι λόγος, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπορίας ἄξιον, πῶς τινες τῶν ἁγίων ποτέ μέν τῶν παθῶν ὑπερεῖχον, ποτέ δέ μᾶλλον ὑπέπιπτον πάθεσιν· γινωσκόντων ἡμῶν, ὅτι τό μέν θαῦμα τῆς χάριτος ἦν· τό δέ πάθος τῆς φύσεως. 4. Ὀσμή ἦν ἀπό ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν ὁ Ἀπόστολος ὡς τούς πιστούς τῷ καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν παραδείγματι, διά πράξεως πρός τήν εὐωδίαν τῶν ἀρετῶν κινεῖσθαι παρασκευάζων ἤ τούς πειθομένους ( τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος ὡς κήρυξ ἀπό τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ζωῆς εἰς τήν ἐν Πνεύματι μετάγων ζωήν· ὀσμήν δέ ἀπό θανάτου εἰς θάνατον, τοῖς ἀπό τοῦ θανάτου τῆς ἀγνοίας εἰς τόν τῆς ἀπιστίας ἐλάσασιν θάνατον, διδούς αὐτοῖς αἴσθησιν τῆς μενούσης αὐτούς κατακρίσεως. Ἤ πάλιν, ὀσμήν ἀπό ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν, τοῖς ἀπό πράξεως εἰς θεωρίαν ἀναγομένοις· ὀσμή δέ ἀπό θανάτου εἰς θάνατον, τοῖς ἀπό τοῦ νεκρῶσαι τῇ καθ᾿ ἁμαρτίαν ἀργίᾳ τά μέλη τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς, εἰς τήν τῶν ἐμπαθῶν νοημάτων τε καί φαντασιῶν ἐπαινουμένην μεταβαίνουσι νέκρωσιν. 5. Ὁ διά μιμήσεως, φησίν, τήν μνήμην ἔχων τῆς τῶν ἁγίων ἀναστροφῆς, τήν μέν τῶν παθῶν ἀποτίθεται νέκρωσιν·
English
For it is then that the true manner of healings is naturally made manifest, whenever, by the faith of those who are being energized, the power of those who energize in the Spirit comes to pass through all things. 2. He who, by his disposition, says he is pure from the corruption that is according to sin, destroys the destruction of those things that are naturally destructive. For the incorruption of the free choice naturally preserves the corruption of nature incorrupt by providence, through the grace of the Spirit within it, not permitting it to be dominated by the opposing qualities. 3. Since, he says, the principle of nature and of grace is not one and the same, it is not worthy of perplexity how some of the saints at one time prevailed over the passions, but at another time rather fell under the passions; since we know that the wonder was of grace, but the passion of nature. 4. The Apostle was a fragrance from life to life, as by his own example he prepared the faithful to be moved through action toward the sweet savor of the virtues, or as a herald he led those who were persuaded by the word of grace from the life according to sense into the life in the Spirit; but a fragrance from death to death, to those who have driven from the death of ignorance to the death of unbelief, giving them a sense of the condemnation that abides with them. Or again, a fragrance from life to life, to those who are led up from action to contemplation; but a fragrance from death to death, to those who pass from having put to death by the idleness that is according to sin the members that are upon the earth, to the praised deadening of the passionate thoughts and imaginations. 5. He who, he says, has the memory of the conduct of the saints through imitation, puts away the deadening of the passions;
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:151 · narrative
Source
τήν δέ τῶν ἀρετῶν ζωήν ἀποδέχεται. ΛΗ (38). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΗΣ ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΝ ΚΥΡΙΟΝ ΕΡΩΤΗΣΕΩΣ ΤΩΝ ΣΑΔΔΟΥΚΑΙΩΝ. 38. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΗ' Ἆρα γὰρ ὡς ἔτυχεν οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀδελφῶν εἶπαν ἐπὶ τῆς μιᾶς γυναικός, ἢ ἔχει τινὰ λόγον βαθύτερον; Εἰ δὲ ἔχει, τίνες ἐκεῖνοι καὶ τίς αὕτη; Ἀπόκρισις. Φασί τινες μὴ ἀλληγορεῖσθαι τῶν ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ ψεκτῶν προσώπων τοὺς λόγους. Πλήν, ἐπειδὴ κρεῖττον μᾶλλον φιλοπονεῖν καὶ τὸν Θεὸν ἀπαύστως αἰτεῖσθαι χορηγεῖν σοφίαν καὶ δύναμιν πρὸς τὸ πᾶσαν νοηθῆναι πνευματικῶς τὴν Γραφήν, ταῖς ὑμετέραις εὐχαῖς θαρρῶν, καὶ περὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἀπόρου τάδε φημί. Οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοί εἰσιν, κατὰ τὸν τῆς ἀναγωγῆς λόγον, οἱ τὸν αὐτοματισμὸν εἰσάγοντες δαίμονες ἢ λογισμοί, ἡ δὲ γυνή ἐστιν ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις, οἱ δὲ ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ κατὰ καιροὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος δοθέντες αὐτῇ παρὰ Θεοῦ πρὸς παιδαγωγίαν ( καὶ γένεσιν καρπῶν δικαιοσύνης νόμοι· οἷς ὡς ἀνδράσιν ὁμιλήσασα, παρ᾽ οὐδενὸς ἔσχεν υἱόν, οἷα τοῦ κατὰ δικαιοσύνην καρποῦ στειρεύουσα. Καὶ ἔστι πρῶτος νόμος ὁ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ δοθεὶς τῷ Ἀδάμ, δεύτερος ὁ τῷ αὐτῷ μετὰ τὸν παράδεισον δεδομένος ἐν ἐπιτιμίου τάξει, τρίτος ὁ κατὰ τὴν κιβωτὸν τῷ Νῶε δοθείς, τέταρτος ὁ τῆς περιτομῆς τῷ Ἀβραάμ, πέμπτος ὁ τῷ αὐτῷ περὶ τῆς προσαγωγῆς τοῦ Ἰσαάκ, ἕκτος ὁ κατὰ Μωσέα, καὶ ἕβδομος ὁ τῆς προαγορευτικῆς χάριτος ἤγουν προφητικῆς ἐπιπνοίας. Τῷ γὰρ Εὐαγγελίῳ οὔπω ἦν διὰ τῆς πίστεως ἁρμοσθεῖσα πρὸς συμβίωσιν ἡ φύσις ἀνδρὶ εἰς πάντας διαμένοντι τοὺς αἰῶνας.
English
He accepts the life of the virtues. 38. Question 38: Concerning the Sadducees' question to the Lord. For did the Sadducees mention the number of the seven brothers in connection with the one woman at random, or does it have some deeper meaning? And if it does, who are those men and who is this woman? Answer. Some say that the words of the blameworthy persons in Scripture are not to be allegorized. Nevertheless, since it is better to labor diligently and to ask God unceasingly to grant wisdom and power for the whole of Scripture to be understood spiritually, trusting in your prayers, I say the following also concerning this present difficulty. The Sadducees, according to the sense of the anagogical interpretation, are the demons or the thoughts that introduce automatism, and the woman is the nature of human beings, and the seven brothers are the laws given to her by God at various times from the beginning of the age for her instruction and for the generation of the fruits of righteousness; having consorted with these as with husbands, she received a son from none of them, being barren of the fruit of righteousness. And the first law is the one given to Adam in paradise, the second the one given to the same man after paradise in the order of a penalty, the third the one given to Noah concerning the ark, the fourth the law of circumcision given to Abraham, the fifth the one given to the same man concerning the offering of Isaac, the sixth the law given through Moses, and the seventh the law of the predictive grace, that is, of prophetic inspiration. For nature had not yet been joined through faith to a husband who remains through all the ages, in accordance with the Gospel.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:152 · narrative
Source
Τούτους οὖν προβάλλονται διαπαντὸς τῷ ἐν ἡμῖν λόγῳ διὰ τῶν λογισμῶν οἱ δαίμονες, εὐλογοφανῶς ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων καταγωνιζόμενοι τῆς πίστεως, καὶ διαποροῦντες ὡς· "Εἴπερ νεκρῶν ἀνάστασίς ἐστι καὶ ἕτερόν τι εἶδος ζωῆς μετὰ τὴν παροῦσαν ἐκδέχεσθαι δεῖ, κατὰ ποῖον νόμον τῶν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος δοθέντων πολιτεύσεται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις;" ἵνα, καθ᾽ ἕνα τῶν εἰρημένων εἰ φῶμεν, ἐπαγάγωσι φάσκοντες· "Οὐκοῦν ματαία καὶ ἀνωφελὴς ἔσται πάλιν ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωή, τῶν προτέρων μὴ ἀπηλλαγμένη κακῶν, εἴπερ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς πάλιν ἡ φύσις ἐρεσχεληθήσεται πράγμασιν"· ὅπερ τὸν αὐτοματισμὸν εἰσάγει σαφῶς καὶ τῶν ὄντων ἐκβάλλει τὴν πρόνοιαν. Ἀλλ᾽ ὁ Κύριος καὶ σωτήριος λόγος ἀποφιμοῖ τοὺς τοιούτους δαίμονάς τε καὶ λογισμούς, τὴν κατὰ τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον ἐς ὕστερον φανησομένην τῆς φύσεως ἀφθαρσίαν ὑποφαίνων καὶ κατ᾽ οὐδένα τῶν προλαβόντων νόμων πολιτευσομένην δεικνὺς τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν φύσιν, θεωθεῖσαν ἤδη καὶ ἁρμοσθεῖσαν διὰ Πνεύματος αὐτῷ ( τῷ Λόγῳ καὶ Θεῷ, παρ᾽ οὗ καὶ εἰς ὃν τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ εἶναι καὶ τὸ τέλος εἴληφέ τε καὶ λήψεται. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ χιλιάδας τῶν ἐτῶν ἤγουν αἰῶνας λαμβάνοι τις εἶναι τοὺς ἄνδρας, οἷς συνεγένετο τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ φύσις, οὐκ ἄνευ λόγου καὶ τῆς δεούσης λήψεται θεωρίας τὸν τόπον· ὧν οὐδενὸς τούτων ἔσται γυνὴ κατὰ τὴν μέλλουσαν ζωὴν ἡ φύσις, ὡς τῆς χρονικῆς τέλος λαβούσης φύσεως, καὶ ὀγδόου ἀνδρός, τοῦ ἀτελευτήτου καὶ πέρας οὐκ ἔχοντος αὐτὴν παραλαβόντος αἰῶνος. ΛΘ (39). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΤΡΙΩΝ ΗΜΕΡΩΝ ΑΣ ΠΡΟΣΕΜΕΙΝΑΝ ΟΙ ΟΧΛΟΙ ΤΩ ΚΥΡΙΩ. 39.
English
These things, then, the demons continually set before the reason within us through our thoughts, plausibly from the Scriptures warring against the faith, and raising the puzzle: "If there is a resurrection of the dead and another kind of life must be expected after the present one, according to which law of those given from the beginning of the age will the nature of men conduct its life?" So that, if we should speak according to one of those mentioned, they may bring in the charge, saying: "Then the life of men will be again vain and unprofitable, not having been released from the former evils, if indeed nature will be again bandied about in the same circumstances" — which clearly introduces automatism and casts out providence from among beings. But the Lord and saving Word muzzles such demons and thoughts, hinting at the incorruption of nature that will appear afterward according to the Gospel, and showing that human nature will conduct its life according to none of the preceding laws, having already been deified and fitted together through the Spirit to Him, the Word and God, from whom and to whom it has received and will receive both the beginning of its being and its end. But if one should take the seven thousand years, that is, ages, to be the men with whom the nature of men consorted, he will receive the passage not without reason and the fitting contemplation; of none of these will nature be a wife in the life to come, since nature has received an end of time, and an eighth man, the endless and unending age, has taken it to himself. 39. Concerning the three days that the crowds waited for the Lord. 39.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:153 · narrative
Source
ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΛΘ' Τίνες αἱ τρεῖς ἡμέραι ἃς προσμένουσι τῷ Κυρίῳ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ; Ἀπόκρισις. Ἡ ἔρημός ἐστιν ἡ φύσις τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ προσμένουσι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως οἱ διὰ τῆς πίστεως καὶ τῆς τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ἐλπίδος κακοπαθοῦντες. Αἱ δὲ τρεῖς ἡμέραι εἰσί, καθ᾽ ἕνα τρόπον τῆς ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς θεωρίας, αἱ τρεῖς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς, καθ᾽ ἃς προσμένουσι τῷ θείῳ Λόγῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως· τῇ μὲν ζητοῦντες, τῇ δὲ ποθοῦντες, τῇ δὲ ὑπεραγωνιζόμενοι δέχονται τροφὴν ἄφθαρτον καὶ τὸν νοῦν πιαίνουσαν τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν γεγονότων. Καθ᾽ ἕτερον δὲ τρόπον, τοὺς τρεῖς γενικωτέρους νόμους αἱ τρεῖς ἡμέραι σημαίνουσι, τὸν γραπτόν φημι καὶ τὸν φυσικὸν καὶ τὸν πνευματικὸν ἤγουν τὸν τῆς χάριτος. Πᾶς γὰρ νόμος οἰκείως ἑαυτῷ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως ὑπάρχει φωτιστικός, τοῦ φωτὸς ἔχων δημιουργὸν τὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ἥλιον. Ὡς γὰρ ἡλίου χωρὶς ἡμέραν γενέσθαι παντελῶς ἀμήχανον, οὕτω δίχα τῆς οὐσιώδους καὶ ὑφεστώσης σοφίας νόμος εἶναι δικαιοσύνης οὐ δύναται, τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ νόμῳ τὴν οἰκείαν ποιουμένης ἀνατολὴν καὶ τοὺς νοεροὺς τῶν ψυχῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς νοητοῦ φωτὸς ἐμπιπλώσης. ( Ὅπερ εἰδὼς Δαβὶδ ὁ μακάριός φησι· Λύχνος τοῖς ποσί μου ὁ νόμος σου καὶ φῶς ταῖς τρίβοις μου·
English
QUESTION 39: What are the three days during which the crowds remain with the Lord in the desert? Answer. The desert is the nature of human beings, or this world, in which those who endure hardship through faith and the hope of the good things to come remain with the word of virtue and knowledge. The three days, according to one mode of contemplation concerning them, are the three powers of the soul, by which they remain with the divine Word of virtue and knowledge: by one seeking, by another desiring, by another contending earnestly, they receive food incorruptible and fattening the mind with the knowledge of created things. According to another mode, the three days signify the three more general laws—I mean the written, the natural, and the spiritual, that is, the law of grace. For every law is, in a manner proper to itself, illuminating of human nature, having as craftsman of its light the sun of righteousness. For just as it is altogether impossible for a day to come to be without the sun, so too without the essential and subsistent Wisdom a law of righteousness cannot exist, since it makes its own rising in each law and fills the noetic eyes of souls with intelligible light. (Knowing this, the blessed David says: Your law is a lamp to my feet and a light to my paths;
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:154 · narrative
Source
λύχνον τὸν γραπτὸν καλέσας νόμον, ὡς τεχνικῶς τοῖς τῶν σωματικῶν συμβόλων αἰνιγμάτων τε καὶ τύπων διαφόροις συνθήμασι τὸ καυστικὸν φῶς τῆς τῶν παθῶν μοχθηρίας πυρσεύοντα τοῖς διὰ πράξεως κατὰ τῶν ἐναντίων δυνάμεων πλατύνουσι τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ διαβήματα, φῶς δὲ τὸν πνευματικὸν τῆς χάριτος νόμον, ὡς ἀτέχνως δίχα τῶν αἰσθητῶν συμβόλων τὰς αἰωνίους δεικνύοντα τρίβους· ἐν αἷς τὸν δρόμον ὁ θεωρητικὸς ποιούμενος νοῦς πρὸς τὸ ἀκρότατον τῶν ἀγαθῶν πέρας ἄγεται, τὸν Θεόν, μηδενὶ τῶν ὄντων ὁρίζων τῆς διανοίας τὴν κίνησιν. Ἀνέσπερον γὰρ τὸ φῶς ὑπάρχει τοῦ νόμου τῆς χάριτος, οὐκ ἔχον τὴν οἱανοῦν γνῶσιν τὰς αὐτοῦ παμφαεῖς ἀκτῖνας ὁρίζουσαν. Ἢ τυχὸν πόδας ἐκάλεσεν ὁ προφήτης ὅλον τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου τὸν δρόμον ἢ τὰς κατὰ ψυχὴν κινήσεις τῶν ἀγαθῶν λογισμῶν, ὁδηγουμένας καθάπερ λύχνῳ τῷ ἐν τῷ γράμματι τοῦ νόμου φωτί, τρίβους δὲ τοὺς κατὰ τὸν φυσικὸν νόμον τρόπους τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὸν πνευματικὸν νόμον τῆς γνώσεως λόγους, τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου δεικνυμένους καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν δι᾽ ἀρετῆς τε καὶ γνώσεως ἐπανάγοντας.
English
Having called the written law a lamp, because by the artificial and varied tokens of the riddles and types of bodily symbols it kindles the burning light of the wickedness of the passions for those who by action against the opposing powers widen the steps of the soul, and having called the spiritual law of grace a light, because without artifice, apart from sensible symbols, it shows the eternal paths; in which the contemplative intellect making its course is led to the highest end of goods, God, defining the movement of its thought by none of existing things. For the light of the law of grace is without evening, having no knowledge whatsoever that limits its all-shining rays. Or perhaps the prophet called "feet" the whole course of the life according to God, or the movements of the soul of good thoughts, guided as by a lamp by the light in the letter of the law, and "paths" the ways of the virtues according to the natural law and the principles of knowledge according to the spiritual law, shown by the presence of God the Word and leading nature itself and its cause back to itself through virtue and knowledge.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:155 · narrative
Source
Ταύτας τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἤγουν νόμους τῷ Θεῷ Λόγῳ προσμείναντες καὶ τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἑκάστου προθύμως ὑπομείναντες πόνους οἱ πρὸς σωτηρίαν τετραμμένην τὴν ἔφεσιν ἔχοντες οὐκ ἀπολύονται νήστεις, ἀλλὰ δέχονται τροφὴν δαψιλῆ τε καὶ θείαν, ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ γραπτοῦ νόμου τὴν τῶν παρὰ φύσιν παθῶν τελείαν ἀπαλλαγήν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ φυσικοῦ τὴν ἄπταιστον τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ἐνέργειαν, καθ᾽ ἣν ἡ ἀλληλοῦχος σχέσις συνίσταται, πᾶσαν ἀπωθουμένη τῆς φύσεως σκεδαστὴν ἑτερότητά τε καὶ διαίρεσιν, ὑπὲρ δὲ τοῦ πνευματικοῦ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἕνωσιν τὸν Θεόν, καθ᾽ ἥν, πάντων ἐκβάντες τῶν γενητῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ φύσιν ( δέχονται δόξαν, δι᾽ ἧς ὁ Θεὸς μόνος ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀπαστράπτων γνωρίζεται. Ἔχετε δὲ περὶ τούτου πλατύτερον ἐν τοῖς Ἀπόροις εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς ἁγίας Πεντηκοστῆς λόγον τοῦ ἁγίου Γρηγορίου. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Λόγον, θυμόν, ἐπιθυμίαν λέγει. Τῷ γάρ λόγῳ ζητοῦμεν· τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ δέ, ποθοῦμεν τό ζητηθέν ἀγαθόν· τῷ δέ θυμῷ, ὑπεραγωνιζόμεθα. 2. Καί τάς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς κέκληκεν ἡμέρας, ὡς δεκτικάς τοῦ φωτός τῶν θείων προσταγμάτων· καί τούς τρεῖς γενικωτέρους νόμους, φωτιστικούς τῶν δεκτικῶν, δηλονότι τῶν ψυχῶν. Ὥσπερ γάρ τό φῶς ἐκάλεσεν ἡμέραν ἡ Γραφή τῆς Γενέσεως, φάσκουσα· Καί ἴδεν ὁ Θεός τό φῶς ὅτι καλόν, καί ἐκάλεσεν ὁ Θεός τό φῶς ἡμέραν· καί πάλιν τόν πεφωτισμένον ἀέρα, φήσασα· Καί ἐγένετο ἑσπέρα, καί ἐγένετο πρωΐ ἡμέρα μία· οὕτως οὐ μόνον τάς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκάλεσεν ἡμέρας, ἀλλά καί τούς ταύτας φωτίζοντας νόμους.
English
These three days, that is, the laws, having remained with God the Word and having eagerly endured the labors for each one, those who have their desire turned toward salvation are not sent away fasting, but receive nourishment abundant and divine: for the written law, the complete release from the passions contrary to nature; for the natural law, the faultless operation of the things according to nature, by which the mutually successive relation is established, thrusting away all the dispersive otherness and division of nature; for the spiritual law, the union with God himself, according to which, having gone out from all created things, they receive the glory beyond nature, through which God alone, flashing forth in them, is known. You have fuller treatment of this in the Difficulties, in the discourse of Saint Gregory on holy Pentecost. SCHOLIA 1. He means reason, spiritedness, and desire. For by reason we seek; by desire we long for the good that has been sought; by spiritedness we struggle on its behalf. 2. And he has called the powers of the soul days, as being receptive of the light of the divine commandments; and the three more general laws, as illuminating those receptive of them, namely the souls. For just as Scripture in Genesis called the light day, saying, "And God saw the light, that it was good, and God called the light day"; and again the illumined air, saying, "And there was evening, and there was morning, one day"; so it called days not only the powers of the soul but also the laws that illuminate them.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:156 · narrative
Source
Ἡ γάρ διόλου τούτων εἰς ἄλληλα περιχώρησις, τήν σύνθετον ποιεῖ τῶν ἀρετῶν ἡμέραν, μή διακρίνουσα τοῦ κατά τόν λόγον θείου φωτός, τάς ποιωθείσας αὐτῷ δι᾿ ὅλου δυνάμεις. 3. Λύχνος ἐστί κατά ταυτόν ὁμοῦ καί φῶς ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ὡς καί φωτίζων τούς κατά φύσιν λογισμούς τῶν πιστῶν, καί ὡς καίων τούς παρά φύσιν, καί ὡς λύων τόν ζόφον τῆς κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ζωῆς τοῖς διά τῶν ἐντολῶν πρός τήν ἐλπιζομένην ἐπειγομένοις ζωήν, καί ὡς κολάζων τῇ καύσει τῆς κρίσεως τούς ταύτης τῆς σκοτεινῆς τοῦ βίου νυκτός κατά γνώμην διά φιληδονίαν σαρκός ἀντεχομένους. 4. Ὁ νόμος, φησίν, μετὰ τῶν συμβόλων νοούμενος, λύχνος ἐστίν, διὰ πράξεως τῶν παθῶν φθείρων τὴν μοχθηρίαν, ( δίχα δὲ τῶν συμβόλων κατανοούμενος, φῶς ἐστιν, διὰ θεωρίας πρὸς τὴν θείαν ἀναβιβάζων ἐν χάριτι τοὺς ἀγομένους συγγένειαν. 5. Ὁ μή πρός ἑαυτόν, φησί, πρότερον ἀναχθείς διά τῆς ἀποβολῆς τῶν παρά φύσιν παθῶν πρός τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν, ἤγουν τόν Θεόν, διά τῆς ἐν χάριτι τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν ἀγαθῶν ἐπικτήσεως οὐκ ἀναχθήσεται. Τῶν γάρ πεποιημένων χωρισθῆναι δεῖ κατά διάνοιαν, τόν πρός Θεόν ἀληθῶς συναγόμενον. 6. Τοῦ μέν γραπτοῦ νόμου φησίν ἔργον ἐστίν ἡ τῶν παθῶν ἀπαλλαγή· φυσικοῦ δέ νόμου, ἡ κατ' ἰσοτιμίαν πρός πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἰσονομία· πνευματικοῦ δέ νόμου τελείωσις, ἡ πρός τόν Θεόν, ὡς ἔστιν ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατόν, ἐξομοίωσις. Μ (40). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΕΞ ΥΔΡΙΩΝ ΤΩΝ ΕΝ ΚΑΝΑ ΤΗΣ ΓΑΛΙΛΑΙΑΣ. 40. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Μ' Τί σημαίνει ὁ ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἓξ ὑδριῶν τῶν ἐν τῷ γάμῳ τῷ ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας;
English
For the complete interpenetration of these into one another constitutes the composite day of the virtues, not separating from the divine light according to reason the powers that have been wholly conformed to it. 3. The Word of God is at once both a lamp and a light: as enlightening the natural thoughts of the faithful, and as burning up those contrary to nature, and as dissolving the gloom of the life according to sense for those who hasten through the commandments toward the hoped-for life, and as punishing by the burning of judgment those who cling in will to this dark night of life because of the pleasure-loving flesh. 4. The law, he says, when understood together with its symbols, is a lamp, destroying wickedness through the practice of the passions; but when understood apart from the symbols, it is a light, raising those who are led, by grace, through contemplation to the divine kinship. 5. He who has not first been led back to himself, he says, through the casting off of the passions contrary to nature, to his own cause—that is, to God—will not be led back through the acquisition, in grace, of the goods that are above nature. For the one who is truly gathered to God must be separated in thought from created things. 6. The work, he says, of the written law is the release from the passions; of the natural law, equity of equal honor toward all men; and the perfection of the spiritual law is assimilation to God, so far as is possible for man. 40. CONCERNING THE SIX WATERJARS AT CANA OF GALILEE. Question 40: What does the number of the six waterjars at the marriage in Cana of Galilee signify?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:157 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ὁ τὴν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δημιουργήσας Θεός, ἅμα βουλήσει τὸ εἶναι αὐτῇ δέδωκεν, συνήρμοσεν αὐτῇ καὶ δύναμιν τῶν καθηκόντων ποιητικήν. Αἱ τοίνυν ἓξ ὑδρίαι ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ποιητικὴ τῶν θείων ἐντολῶν ἐστι δύναμις· ἧς κενώσαντες τὴν γνῶσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι περὶ τὴν ματαίαν τῶν ὑλικῶν πραγμάτων σπουδήν, κενὴν τὴν τοιαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον καὶ ἄνυδρον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πῶς τῆς κακίας καθᾶραι τὸν ῥύπον οὐκ ᾔδεισαν. Ὁ γὰρ γνώσεως ἄμοιρος τὸν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ῥυπτικὸν τῆς κακίας οὐδαμῶς ἐπίσταται τρόπον, ἕως ἐλθὼν ὁ τῆς φύσεως δημιουργὸς Λόγος ἐπλήρωσε πρότερον τὴν προειρημένην ποιητικὴν τῶν καθηκόντων δύναμιν τῆς κατὰ φύσιν γνώσεως καὶ οὕτως μετέβαλεν ( εἰς οἶνον, φημὶ δὲ τὸν ὑπὲρ φύσιν τῆς γνώσεως λόγον, τόν τε νόμον καὶ λόγον τῆς φύσεως· ὃν οἱ πίνοντες τῆς τῶν ὄντων ἁπάντων ἐξίστανται φύσεως καὶ εἰς τὸν κρύφιον τῆς θείας ἐνδότητος ἀφίπτανται τόπον· καθ᾽ ὃν τὴν πασῶν ὑπερκειμένην τῶν γνώσεων εὐφροσύνην δέχονται καὶ ἀγαλλίασιν, τὸν καλὸν οἶνον, τουτέστι τὸν ποιητικὸν τῆς θεώσεως, πάντων ὕστερον τῶν κατὰ πρόνοιαν περὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπινον οἰκονομιῶν πίνοντες ἀπόρρητον λόγον. Εἰς δὲ τὸν ἓξ ἀριθμὸν ἡ ποιητικὴ τῆς φύσεως λαμβάνεται δύναμις, οὐ μόνον ὅτι ἐν ἓξ ἡμέραις ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι καὶ μόνος τῶν ἐντὸς δεκάδος ἀριθμῶν ἐστι τελειότατος καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων συνιστάμενος μερῶν οὗτος ὁ ἀριθμός.
English
Answer. God, who created the nature of human beings, gave it existence at the same time by his will, and joined to it also a power capable of doing what is fitting. The six water-jars, then, are the natural power capable of doing the divine commandments; when human beings had emptied its knowledge in their vain zeal for material things, they held this power empty and waterless, and for this reason they did not know how to cleanse the filth of wickedness. For one who is without knowledge in no way understands the way of virtue that washes away the filth of wickedness, until the Word, the Creator of nature, came and first filled the aforementioned power capable of doing what is fitting with natural knowledge, and thus changed it into wine—I mean the supra-natural reason of knowledge, both the law and the reason of nature; those who drink it are transported beyond the nature of all things and fly to the hidden place of the divine gift, where they receive the gladness and exultation that surpasses all knowledges, drinking last of all, after all the providential dispensations concerning humanity, the good wine, that is, the reason productive of deification, ineffable. And the productive power of nature is taken to the number six, not only because in six days God made the heaven and the earth, but also because this number alone, of the numbers within the decade, is the most perfect and is composed of its own parts.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:158 · narrative
Source
Χωρούσας δὲ τὰς ὑδρίας φησὶν ὁ λόγος ἀνὰ μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς, ὡς τῆς κατὰ φύσιν πρακτικῆς δυνάμεως χωρούσας κατὰ μὲν τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν, ὥσπερ δύο μετρητάς, τὴν ὅλην τῶν γεγονότων γνῶσιν, τῶν τε ἐξ ὕλης καὶ εἴδους σωματικῶν φύσεων, τῶν τε ἐξ οὐσίας καὶ συμβεβηκότος νοητῶν οὐσιῶν, ἤγουν τὴν τῶν σωμάτων καὶ ἀσωμάτων περιληπτικὴν γνῶσιν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐφικτὴν τῇ φύσει θεολογικὴν μυσταγωγίαν, ὡς μετρητὰς τρεῖς, τὴν περὶ τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος, ἤγουν Πατρὸς καὶ Υἱοῦ καὶ ἁγίου Πνεύματος, γνῶσιν καὶ φωταγωγίαν. Ὑμεῖς οὖν, ὡς γνωστικοί, τὸ λειπόμενον θεωρήσατε πῶς ἡ ποιητικὴ τῶν κρειττόνων γενικὴ τῆς φύσεως δύναμις εἰς ἓξ διαιρεῖται, καὶ αὐτοὺς γενικούς, τῶν ἀρετῶν τρόπους, καὶ τίς ἡ πρὸς τὴν καθόλου ποιητικὴν τῶν ἀρετῶν τῆς φύσεως δύναμίς ἐστιν ἡ καθόλου καὶ γενικωτέρα τῶν ἄλλων ἀρετή, καὶ εἰς ἓξ εἴδη, καὶ αὐτὰ γενικά, διαιρουμένη, ἵνα, τῇ δυνάμει τῆς φύσεως ἁρμοσθεῖσα, χωρηθῇ διὰ τῶν ἐκείνης τρόπων ἑξαχῶς εἰδοποιουμένη, τίνες δὲ πρὸς τούτοις οἱ τὸ ὕδωρ ἠντληκότες ( ὑπηρέται, τίς ὁ νυμφίος, τίς ἡ νύμφη, τίς ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος, τίς ἡ τῷ λόγῳ παρρησιαστικῶς ἀπαγγείλασα μήτηρ ὅτι οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν. Ταῦτα γὰρ πάντα λείπεται πρὸς ἐξέτασιν τῷ μύστῃ καὶ μυσταγωγῷ τῶν θείων καὶ λόγων καὶ νοημάτων, εἴπερ πάντως τῷ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς κατὰ νοῦν ἥδεται τρόπῳ.
English
The word says that the water-jars, holding two or three measures each, are the practical power according to nature, containing, in accordance with natural contemplation, as it were two measures: the whole knowledge of created things—both of bodily natures composed of matter and form, and of intelligible essences composed of substance and accident, that is, the comprehensive knowledge of bodies and incorporeals; and in accordance with the theological mystical initiation attainable by nature, as it were three measures: the knowledge and illumination concerning the Holy Trinity, that is, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. You, then, as those who are gnostic, consider what remains: how the creative generic power of nature for things superior is divided into six, and these themselves generic, modes of the virtues, and what is the power that, in relation to the universal creative power of the virtues of nature, is the universal and more generic virtue than the others, and is divided into six species, these also generic, so that, fitted to the power of nature, it may be contained, being formed sixfold through its modes. And besides these, who are those who have drawn the water (the servants), who is the bridegroom, who is the bride, who is the chief steward, who is the mother who boldly declared in word that they have no wine. For all these things remain for examination by the mystic and initiator of the divine words and meanings, if indeed he altogether delights in the mode of ascent according to the intellect.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:159 · narrative
Source
Πλὴν ἵνα μὴ παντελῶς ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος ἄφωνος καταλειφθεὶς ἡμῖν ὁ περὶ τούτων οἰχήσεται λόγος, μὴ διδοὺς τοῖς καλῶς πεινῶσι κἂν ἀπὸ μέρους τὴν πνευματικὴν πανδαισίαν, ἐρῶ κατὰ δύναμιν, οὐχ ὅλην ἀποκαλύπτειν ἐπαγγελλόμενος τὴν ἐν τοῖς εἰρημένοις διάνοιανἀσθενὴς γὰρ πρὸς περίληψιν τῶν ἐν τούτοις νοητῶν θεαμάτων ὁ ἐμὸς καθέστηκε νοῦς ἀλλ᾽ ὅσην ἡ τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας χωρεῖν πέφυκε δύναμις. Γενικωτάτην οὖν τῶν ἀρετῶν φασιν εἶναι τὴν ἀγάπην, τὴν δὲ ταύτης ποιητικὴν γενικωτάτην τῆς φύσεως δύναμίν φασιν εἶναι τὸν λόγον· ὅς, τῆς οἰκείας ἀπρὶξ ἐπιλαβόμενος αἰτίας, ἐνεργούμενος εἰς ἓξ διακρίνεται γενικωτέρους τρόπους περιληπτικοὺς τῶν οἷς ὁ τῆς ἀγάπης διακρίνεσθαι πέφυκε λόγος εἰδῶν, πεινῶντας καὶ διψῶντας καὶ ξένους καὶ γυμνοὺς ἀσθενοῦντάς τε καὶ τοὺς ἐν φυλακῇ περιποιούμενος σωματικῶς τε καὶ πνευματικῶς. Οὐ γὰρ μόνοις τοῖς σώμασιν ὁ τῆς ἀρετῆς περιγράφεται λόγος, οὐδὲ περὶ μόνην τὴν αἴσθησιν ἡ τῆς φύσεως καταγίνεται δύναμις. Εἰδοποιὸς οὖν τῆς γενικωτάτης καθέστηκεν ἀρετῆς ἡ γενικωτάτη τῆς φύσεως δύναμις, τοῖς οἰκείοις ἓξ τρόποις εἰς εἴδη τοσαῦτα τὴν ἀρετὴν διακρίνουσα, δι᾽ ὧν ἡ φύσις ἑνοῦται τῷ τῆς γνώμης μοναδικῷ, τὸν ἐν πᾶσιν ἰσοτίμως ἀδιαίρετον τῆς πλάσεως δεικνῦσα λόγον, ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν εὖ καὶ πάσχειν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν συναγόμενον·
English
Nevertheless, so that the discourse concerning these things may not be left entirely voiceless for us at present and depart, granting to those who hunger well even in part the spiritual banquet, I shall speak according to my ability, not promising to reveal the whole meaning contained in what has been said—for my mind is weak for the comprehension of the intelligible visions in these things—but only as much as the power of my understanding is naturally able to contain. They say, then, that love is the most generic of the virtues, and that the most generic power of nature is the word that produces it; and this word, having grasped its own cause, when energized is divided into six more generic modes, comprehending the forms by which the word of love is naturally distinguished—caring for the hungry and thirsty, strangers, the naked, the sick, and those in prison, both bodily and spiritually. For the word of virtue is not circumscribed by bodies alone, nor does the power of nature occupy itself with sense perception alone. The most generic power of nature, then, is the form-giver of the most generic virtue, distinguishing virtue by its own six modes into as many forms, through which nature is united to the singularity of the will, showing the word of creation to be equally honored and undivided in all things, gathered to itself in doing good and in suffering.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:160 · narrative
Source
ὃν ἐρρωμένον ἐπαναλαβὼν διὰ τῶν καθηκόντων πόνων ὁ νοῦς πάσας περιτέμνει τῆς φύσεως τὰς ὑπερβολὰς καὶ τὰς ἐλλείψεις, ἃς ἡ φιλαυτία τῆς ἑκάστου γνώμης ἐπινοήσασα τὴν ἡμερωτάτην ἐθηρίωσε φύσιν καὶ τὴν μίαν οὐσίαν εἰς πολλὰς καὶ ἀντιθέτους, οὐδὲν δὲ χεῖρον εἰπεῖν, ( καὶ φθαρτικὰς ἀλλήλων κατέτεμε μοίρας, καὶ τὴν σταθερὰν μεσότητα φέρων δείκνυσιν, καθ᾽ ἣν τῶν ἀρετῶν οἱ νόμοι κατὰ φύσιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς θεόθεν ἐγράφησαν. Καὶ τοῦτο τυχὸν παραδεικνὺς τὸ μυστήριον ὁ Λόγος τὰς ἓξ ὑδρίας εἰσάγει κενὰς καὶ ἀνύδρους, ὑποφαινούσας τῆς κατὰ φύσιν γενικωτάτης δυνάμεως τὴν περὶ τὸ καλὸν ἀπραξίαν. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἡ κατὰ φύσιν γενικωτάτη δύναμις, εἰς ἓξ διαιρουμένη κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν τρόπους, εἰς εἴδη τοσαῦτα μορφοῖ τὴν γενικωτάτην τῶν ἀρετῶν, ὅλην ὅλη περιλαμβάνουσα· καθ᾽ ἣν γενομένη, τὸν ἑαυτῆς γενικώτατον δέχεται νόμον ἡ φύσις ἄπταιστον τῆς ἀληθείας κριτήν, ὃν ὁ λόγος προσηγόρευσεν ἀρχιτρίκλινον, διεγνωκότα σαφῶς ὅτι τὸν καλὸν οἶνον, ὃν ὕστερον διὰ τῆς ἰδίας παρουσίας ὁ Λόγος ἐκέρασεν, ἔδει κατ᾽ ἀρχὰς πρῶτον πιεῖν καὶ μεθυσθῆναι τὴν ἀνθρωπείαν φύσιν, λέγω δὲ τὸν περὶ Θεοῦ κρείττονα καὶ ὑψηλότερον Λόγον, καὶ οὕτως ὕστερον, καθάπερ οἴνους, τοὺς ὅσον πρὸς τὸν πρῶτον Λόγον ἥττονας, τῶν γεγονότων μυηθῆναι λόγους. Δικαιότατον γὰρ ἦν, ὡς ἀληθῶς καὶ πρεπωδέστατον τὸν δι᾽ ὃν γέγονε λόγον μυηθῆναι πρότερον τὴν φύσιν, καὶ οὕτως ὕστερον ζητῆσαι τῶν δι᾽ αὐτὴν γενομένων τοὺς λόγους.
English
Taking it up again when it has been strengthened through the labors that are fitting, the mind circumcises all the excesses and deficiencies of nature, which self-love, having devised them from each person's own disposition, turned the gentlest nature into a beast and cut the one essence into many parts, both opposed to one another and—nothing worse can be said—destructive of one another, and it brings forward and shows the stable mean, according to which the laws of the virtues were written by God from the beginning according to nature. And perhaps hinting at this mystery, the Logos introduces the six jars, empty and waterless, indicating the inactivity toward the good of the most generic natural power. Thus, then, the most generic power according to nature, divided into six modes according to practice, is formed into that many species of the most generic virtue, encompassing the whole by the whole; and when nature has come to be according to it, it receives its own most generic law, the unerring judge of truth, which the Logos called the chief steward, who clearly recognized that the good wine, which the Logos later mixed through his own presence, human nature had first to drink and become drunk with at the beginning—I mean the better and higher Logos concerning God—and thus later, like wines, to be initiated into the logoi of created things, those inferior to the first Logos. For it was most just, as truly also most fitting, that nature be first initiated into the Logos through whom it came to be, and thus later seek the logoi of the things that came to be for its sake.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:161 · narrative
Source
Οἱ ἠντληκότες δὲ τὸ ὕδωρ εἰσὶν οἱ διάκονοι τῆς τε Παλαιᾶς καὶ τῆς Καινῆς Διαθήκης, φημὶ δὲ τοὺς ἁγίους πατριάρχας καὶ τοὺς νομοθέτας καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς τοὺς κριτάς τε καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς καὶ τοὺς προφήτας καὶ τοὺς εὐαγγελιστὰς καὶ ἀποστόλους, δι᾽ ὧν ἠντλήθη τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς γνώσεως καὶ ἀπεδόθη τῇ φύσει πάλιν· ὅπερ μετέβαλεν εἰς τὴν τῆς θεώσεως χάριν ὁ τὴν φύσιν ὡς ἀγαθὸς δημιουργήσας καὶ θεώσας διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν τῇ χάριτι Λόγος. Εἰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ φύσιν ἐπιστημονικούς τε καὶ εὐσεβεῖς λογισμοὺς εἴποι τις εἶναι διακόνους, ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὄντων διακοσμήσεως κελεύσει τοῦ Λόγου ἀντλοῦντας τὸ ὕδωρ τῆς γνώσεως, οὐ διαπέπτωκεν, ὡς οἶμαι, τῆς ἀληθείας. ( Νυμφίος δὲ προδήλως ἐστὶν ὁ ἀνθρώπινος νοῦς, ὡς νύμφην ἀγόμενος πρὸς συζυγίαν τὴν ἀρετήν· ὧν τιμῶν τὴν συμβίωσιν παραγίνεται προθύμως καλούμενος ὁ Λόγος, διασφίγγων αὐτῶν τὴν τοῦ πνευματικοῦ γάμου συναλλαγὴν καὶ τῷ ἰδίῳ οἴνῳ πνευματικῶς διαθερμαίνων αὐτῶν πρὸς πνευματικὴν πολυγονίαν τὴν ἔφεσιν.
English
Those who have drawn the water are the ministers of both the Old and the New Testament—I mean the holy patriarchs, the lawgivers, the commanders, the judges, the kings, the prophets, the evangelists, and the apostles—through whom the water of knowledge was drawn and given back again to nature; which water the Logos, who as good created and deified nature through his love for humanity, changed into the grace of deification. But if someone should say that the natural scientific and pious thoughts are also ministers, drawing the water of knowledge from the ordering of beings at the command of the Logos, this has not, I think, fallen short of the truth. (The bridegroom is plainly the human mind, led as a bride to union with virtue; honoring their life together, the Logos comes eagerly when called, binding tight their fellowship of spiritual marriage and spiritually warming their desire toward spiritual fruitfulness with his own wine.)
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:162 · narrative
Source
Μήτηρ δὲ τοῦ Λόγου καθέστηκεν ἡ ἀληθὴς καὶ ἀμόλυντος πίστις. Ὡς γὰρ τῆς τεκούσης αὐτὸν κατὰ σάρκα μητρός, ὡς Θεός, ὑπάρχει κατὰ φύσιν δημιουργὸς ὁ Λόγος, ἣν ἐποιήσατο μητέρα διὰ φιλανθρωπίαν, ἐξ αὐτῆς ὡς ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι καταδεξάμενος, οὕτως ἐν ἡμῖν πρότερον τὴν πίστιν δημιουργῶν ὁ Λόγος ὕστερον γίνεται τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν πίστεως υἱός, ἐξ αὐτῆς κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ταῖς ἀρεταῖς σωματούμενος, δι᾽ ἧς πάντα διανύομεν, παρὰ τοῦ Λόγου λαμβάνοντες τὰ πρὸς σωτηρίαν χαρίσματα. Χωρὶς γὰρ τῆς πίστεως, ἧς καὶ Θεὸς κατὰ φύσιν ὑπάρχει καὶ Υἱὸς κατὰ χάριν ὁ Λόγος, οὐδεμίαν ἔχομεν παρρησίαν τὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις. Ἀλλὰ γένοιτο διαπαντὸς ἡμᾶς τε τὸν τοιοῦτον συγκροτεῖν γάμον, καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἰδίας μητρὸς παραγίνεσθαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἵνα τὴν ἀπορρυεῖσαν ἡμῶν διὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἀποκαταστήσῃ γνῶσιν, καὶ μεταβάλῃ ταύτην πρὸς τὴν ἐξοικίζουσαν τὸν νοῦν τῆς τῶν ὄντων γενέσεως θέωσιν, τὴν στομοῦσαν καὶ οἱονεὶ νευροῦσαν πρὸς ἀτρεψίαν, καθάπερ ὕδωρ τονούμενον οἴνου ποιότητι, τὴν γνῶσιν τῆς φύσεως. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Δύναμιν λέγει, τήν οὐσιωδῶς μέν κατεσπαρμένην τῇ φύσει πρός ἀρετῶν ἐνέργειαν κίνησιν, γνωμικῶς δέ πρός τήν τοῦ κεκτημένου βούλησιν, κατά τήν χρῆσιν ἐκφαινομένην.
English
The true and undefiled faith is the mother of the Word. For just as, as God, the Word is by nature the creator of the mother who bore him according to the flesh—the mother he made for himself through love of humanity, deigning to be born from her as a man—so too, creating faith in us first, the Word later becomes the son of the faith that is in us, being embodied through it in the virtues according to practice, through which we accomplish all things, receiving from the Word the gifts that lead to salvation. For without faith—of which the Word is by nature God and by grace Son—we have no boldness to make our petitions to him. But may it be granted that we always bring about such a marriage, and that Jesus comes with his own mother, so that he may restore the knowledge in us that has flowed away because of sin, and transform it toward the deification that drives the mind out of the generation of beings, the deification that sharpens and, as it were, strengthens our knowledge of nature toward immutability, just as water is strengthened by the quality of wine. SCHOLIA 1. He calls "power" the motion toward the activity of virtues that is substantially sown in nature, but is manifested according to use in accordance with the will of the one who possesses it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:163 · narrative
Source
2. Τήν κενωθεῖσαν τῆς δοθείσης γνώσεως φύσιν, γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, πάλιν ἐπλήρωσε γνώσεως· καί στομώσας πρός ἀτρεψίαν, οὐ φύσει, ποιότητι δέ ταύτην ἐθέωσεν, ἀνελλιπῶς αὐτήν τῷ οἰκείῳ χαρακτηρίσας Πνεύματι, ( καθάπερ ὕδωρ οἴνου ποιότητι πρός τόνον μετακεράσας. Διά τοῦτο γάρ καί γίνεται κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν ἄνθρωπος, ἵνα κατά χάριν ἡμᾶς καταστήσῃ θεούς. 3. Καλόν οἶνον λέγει τόν πρός θέωσιν ἐκστατικόν τῆς φύσεως λόγον· ὅν ἡ παράβασις μέν τῷ Ἀδάμ πιεῖν οὐ συνεχώρησεν· αὐτός δέ χάριτι διά φιλανθρωπίαν ὡς Θεός ἑαυτόν κενώσας, ὕστερον διά τῆς σαρκώσεως, ὡς οἶδεν μόνος αὐτός, κατέστησεν πότιμον. Αὐτός γάρ ἐστι καί πρόνοια, ὡς συνοχή τῶν ὄντων· καί προνοίας Λόγος, ὡς μέθοδος τῆς τῶν προνοουμένων ἰατρείας· καί προνοητής, ὡς πάντα τοῖς ἑαυτῶν τοῦ εἶναι λόγοις συνέχων. 4. Τῆς μέν τῶν σωματικῶν καί ἀσωμάτων γνώσεως δεκτική κατά φύσιν ἐστίν ἡ τοῦ νοῦ δύναμις, φησίν· τῆς δέ τῆς ἁγίας Τριάδος κατά μόνην τήν χάριν δέχεται τάς ἐμφάσεις, ὅτι ἔστι μόνον πιστεύουσα· ἀλλ᾿ οὐ, τίποτε κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἐστί, ζητεῖν αὐθαδιζομένη.
English
2. The nature that had been emptied of the knowledge given to it, the Word of God, having become man, filled again with knowledge; and having sharpened it toward immutability, he deified it not by nature but by quality, having marked it completely with his own Spirit, just as he blended water into wine by quality toward intensity. For this reason he truly becomes man, so that he might make us gods by grace. 3. He calls good wine the reason that is ecstatic from nature toward deification; which transgression did not permit Adam to drink; but he himself, by grace through love of humanity, having emptied himself as God, later through the incarnation, as he alone knows, made it drinkable. For he himself is also providence, as the cohesion of beings; and the Word of providence, as the method of the healing of those who are provided for; and the provider, as one who holds all things together by their own reasons for being. 4. The power of the mind, he says, is by nature receptive of the knowledge of corporeal and incorporeal things; but it receives the impressions of the Holy Trinity by grace alone, because it is only believing; but it does not presume to seek what anything is in essence.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:164 · narrative
Source
5. Ὅτι καί ἡ καθ᾿ ὅλου δύναμιν τῆς φύσεως, εἰς ἕξ διαιρεῖται τρόπους καί ἐνεργείας· καί ἡ καθ᾿ ὅλου ἀγάπη, εἰς ἕξ ἀρετῶν εἴδη μερίζεται. Πεῖναν γάρ, καί δίψαν, καί γύμνωσιν, καί ξενιτείαν, καί ἀσθένειαν, καί φυλακήν, τῶν τούτοις κατειλημμένων, εἴτε σωματικῶς, εἴτε πνευματικῶς ὁ παραμυθούμενος, τήν ἐκ τῶν ἕξ ἀρετῶν συνισταμένην πεπλήρωκεν πρός τε τόν Θεόν καί τόν πλησίον ἀγάπην· ὡς μόνῳ Θεῷ πεποιωμένην τῆς ψυχῆς διατηρήσας τήν ἔφεσιν. 6. Αἰτίαν τοῦ Λόγου φησί τόν Θεόν· ὅν ζητεῖν, τοῦ λόγου τήν δύναμιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος εἴληφεν. 7. Εἰς ταῦτα τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης διαιρεῖται χρῆμα, ἐν οἷς καὶ συνίσταται. 8. Ὁ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τῇ γνώμῃ, φησίν, ἴσος πρός πάντας γενόμενος, ἀπροσωπόληπτον ἐν ἑαυτῷ δείκνυσι τόν Θεόν, ὥσπερ πάντων καθ᾿ ἕνα καί τόν αὐτόν Λόγον μίαν δημιουργήσαντα τήν φύσιν, οὕτω καί πᾶσι νομοθετήσαντα μίαν τῆς ( γνώμης τήν κίνησιν, καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ δοκῶν ἐσκορπίσθαι τῆς φύσεως συνάγεσθαι πέφυκε λόγος. 9. Μεσότητα λέγει τήν ἀπηλλαγμένην μέν τῶν παρά φύσιν παθῶν, οὔπω δέ τῶν ὑπέρ φύσιν ἀγαθῶν ἐπειλημμένην κατάστασιν. Ἰσονομοῦσαν γάρ τῇ φύσει τήν γνώμην δείκνυσι, μηδέν ἔχουσαν αὐτοῤῥεπές, καί τῷ λόγῳ τῆς φύσεως ἀντιφερόμενον· καί διά τοῦτο πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἕνα γινώσκουσαν, ἅτε δή βίβλον θεόγραφον ἔχουσαν τόν νόμον τῆς φύσεως.
English
5. That also the power of nature in its universal aspect is divided into six modes and activities; and love in its universal aspect is divided into six forms of virtue. For the one who comforts those seized by these things—whether bodily or spiritually—by hunger, and thirst, and nakedness, and exile, and sickness, and imprisonment, has fulfilled the love that consists of the six virtues, both toward God and toward neighbor; having preserved the soul's desire as one made qualitative for God alone. 6. He says that God is the cause of the Word; whom man has received the power of the Word to seek. 7. Into these things the substance of love is divided, in which it also consists. 8. He says that the one who by virtue is equal in disposition toward all has shown in himself the God who is no respecter of persons, just as the one and the same Word, having created one nature for all individually, so also legislated for all one motion of disposition, according to which the principle that appears to be scattered by nature is naturally gathered together. 9. He calls mediocrity the state that is freed from the passions contrary to nature, but has not yet attained the goods that are above nature. For it shows the disposition as equal in law to nature, having nothing self-willed and opposed to the principle of nature; and for this reason knowing all men as one, inasmuch as it has the law of nature as a God-written book.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:165 · narrative
Source
10. Ὅτι φυσικόν ἔχομεν κριτήριον τόν κατά φύσιν νόμον, διδάσκοντα ἡμᾶς, ὅτι πρό τῆς ἐν ὅλοις σοφίας ἔδει πρός τήν τοῦ Ποιητοῦ τῶν ὅλων μυσταγωγίαν ἡμῶν κινηθῆναι τήν ἔφεσιν. 11. Πίστις, ἡ τοῦ Λόγου Μήτηρ, κατά τήν ἀναγωγήν· ἥτις δημιουργουμένη πρότερον, γεννᾷ σωματούμενον ὕστερον ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τόν αὐτήν δημιουργήσαντα Λόγον. ΜΑ (41). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΠΕΝΤΕ ΑΝΔΡΩΝ ΤΗΣ ΣΑΜΑΡΕΙΤΙΔΟΣ. 41. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΑ' Τίς ὁ λόγος τῶν πέντε ἀνδρῶν τῆς Σαμαρείτιδος, καὶ τοῦ ἕκτου καὶ μὴ ὄντος ἀνδρός; Ἀπόκρισις. Καὶ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις γυνή, καὶ ἡ τοὺς ἑπτὰ λαβοῦσα, κατὰ τοὺς Σαδδουκαίους, πρὸς γάμον ἀδελφούς, καὶ ἡ αἱμόρρους, καὶ ἡ πρὸς γῆν συγκύπτουσα, καὶ ἡ θυγάτηρ Ἰαείρου, καὶ ἡ Συροφοινίκισσα καὶ τὴν καθόλου τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ καθέκαστον ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴν δηλοῦσιν, ἑκάστη κατὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην τοῦ πάθους διάθεσιν σημαίνουσα καὶ τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὴν ψυχήν. Οἷον, ἡ μὲν τῶν Σαδδουκαίων γυνή ἐστιν ἡ φύσις ἢ ἡ ψυχή, ἡ πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰῶνος δοθεῖσι θείοις νόμοις ἀγόνως συνοικήσασα, τὴν δὲ τῶν μελλόντων προσδοκίαν οὐκ ἀποδεχομένη. Ἡ δὲ αἱμόρρους ὡσαύτως ἡ φύσις ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ ψυχή, τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῇ πρὸς γένεσιν ἔργων δικαιοσύνης καὶ ( λόγων τοῖς πάθεσι πρὸς τὴν ὕλην διαρρέουσα δύναμιν. Ἡ δὲ Συροφοινίκισσα ἡ αὐτὴ φύσις ἐστὶ καὶ ἡ τοῦ καθέκαστον ψυχή, ὡς θυγατέρα τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπαχθῶς τῇ φιλίᾳ τῆς ὕλης ἐξ ἀμηχανίας ἐπιληπτικῶς διαρρησσομένην ἔχουσα. Ἡ δὲ θυγάτηρ Ἰαείρου ὁμοίως ἡ κατὰ τὸν νόμον φύσις τε καὶ ψυχή, παντελῶς ἀποθανοῦσα τῇ ἀπραξίᾳ τῶν νομικῶν ἐντολῶν καὶ ἀνενεργησίᾳ τῶν θείων προσταγμάτων.
English
10. That we have a natural criterion, the law according to nature, which teaches us that before the wisdom that is in all things, our desire had to be moved toward the mystical initiation of the Maker of all things. 11. Faith, the Mother of the Word, in the anagogical sense; which, being created first, later gives birth, embodied through the virtues, to the Word who created it. MA (41). CONCERNING THE FIVE HUSBANDS OF THE SAMARITAN WOMAN. 41. QUESTION 41: What is the meaning of the five husbands of the Samaritan woman, and of the sixth, who was not a husband? Answer. Both the Samaritan woman, and the woman who took seven brothers in marriage according to the Sadducees, and the woman with the hemorrhage, and the woman bent toward the ground, and the daughter of Jairus, and the Syrophoenician woman, signify both the universal nature of human beings and the soul of each individual human being, each one indicating both the nature and the soul according to the underlying disposition of the passion. For example, the woman of the Sadducees is the nature or the soul, which lived barrenly with all the divine laws given from the beginning of the age, but did not accept the expectation of things to come. And the woman with the hemorrhage is likewise the nature and the soul, letting drain away through the passions toward matter the power given to it for the generation of works and words of righteousness. And the Syrophoenician woman is the same nature and the soul of each individual, having as a daughter the mind, which is grievously torn apart epileptically by helplessness in its friendship with matter. And the daughter of Jairus is likewise the nature and soul according to the law, utterly dead through the non-performance of the legal commandments and the inactivity of the divine ordinances.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:166 · narrative
Source
Ἡ δὲ συγκύπτουσα γυνή ἐστιν ἡ φύσις ἢ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ πρὸς τὴν ὕλην τὴν περὶ πρᾶξιν νοερὰν δύναμιν ὅλην διὰ τῆς ἀπάτης τοῦ διαβόλου ἐπικάμψασα. Ἡ δὲ Σαμαρεῖτις, ὡσαύτως ταῖς προλαβούσαις γυναιξί, τὴν φύσιν δηλοῖ ἢ τὴν τοῦ καθέκαστον ψυχήν, δίχα τοῦ προφητικοῦ χαρίσματος πᾶσι συνοικήσασα, καθάπερ ἀνδράσι, τοῖς δοθεῖσι τῇ φύσει νόμοις· ὧν πέντε μὲν ἦσαν παρελθόντες, ὁ ἕκτος δέ, κἂν παρῆν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἦν ἀνὴρ τῆς φύσεως ἢ τῆς ψυχῆς, μὴ γεννῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς τὴν σῴζουσαν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς δικαιοσύνην. Ἔσχεν οὖν πρῶτον νόμον ἡ φύσις, ὡς ἄνδρα, τὸν ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ· δεύτερον τὸν μετὰ τὸν παράδεισον· τρίτον τὸν ἐν τῷ κατακλυσμῷ ἐπὶ τοῦ Νῶε· τέταρτον τὸν τῆς περιτομῆς ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀβραάμ· πέμπτον τὸν τῆς προσαγωγῆς τοῦ Ἰσαάκ. Τούτους λαβοῦσα πάντας ἡ φύσις ἀπεβάλετο, θανόντας τῇ κατ᾽ αὐτὴν ἀκαρπίᾳ τῶν ἔργων τῆς ἀρετῆς. Ἕκτον δέ, τὸν διὰ Μωσέως, εἶχε νόμον ὡς οὐκ ἔχουσα, ἢ διὰ τὸ μὴ ποιεῖν τὴν κατ᾽ αὐτὸν διατεταγμένην δικαιοσύνην, ἢ διὰ τὸ μέλλειν αὐτὴν πρὸς ἕτερον, ὡς ἄνδρα, νόμον μεταβήσεσθαι, τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον, ὡς τοῦ νόμου μὴ δι᾽ αἰῶνος δοθέντος τῇ
English
The woman who was bent over is nature or the soul, which has bent its whole noetic power toward matter and toward practical activity through the deceit of the devil. And the Samaritan woman, just as the women who came before her, signifies nature or the soul of each individual, which, apart from the prophetic gift, has lived with all the laws given to nature as with husbands; of these, five had passed away, and the sixth, even if it was present, was not a husband of nature or of the soul, since it did not beget from it the righteousness that saves completely. Nature therefore first had as a husband the law in paradise; second, the law after paradise; third, the law at the flood in the time of Noah; fourth, the law of circumcision in the time of Abraham; fifth, the law of the offering of Isaac. Nature, having received all these, cast them aside, since they had died through its own unfruitfulness in the works of virtue. And it had the sixth law, the one through Moses, as though it did not have it—either because it did not perform the righteousness ordained by it, or because it was going to pass over to another law as a husband, the Gospel, since the law was not given to it forever.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:167 · narrative
Source
φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλ᾽ ἐπ᾽ οἰκονομίᾳ παιδαγωγούσῃ πρὸς τὸ μεῖζόν τε καὶ μυστικώτερον· καθ᾽ ὃ σημαινόμενον οἶμαι τὸν Κύριον φάναι πρὸς τὴν Σαμαρεῖτιν γυναῖκα· καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις οὐκ ἔστι σός. Ἤιδει γὰρ εἰς τὸ Εὐαγγέλιον τὴν φύσιν μετενεχθήσεσθαι. Διὸ καὶ περὶ ἕκτην ὥραν, ὅτε μάλιστα πανταχόθεν ἡ ψυχὴ περιλάμπεται ταῖς ἀκτῖσι τῆς γνώσεως διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὐτὴν τοῦ Λόγου παρουσίαν, ( τῆς ἐν νόμῳ σκιᾶς ἀπογενομένης, αὐτῇ διελέγετο, καὶ παρὰ τὸ φρέαρ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, παρὰ τὴν πηγὴν δηλαδὴ σὺν τῷ Λόγῳ τῶν γραφικῶν ἱσταμένῃ θεωρημάτων. Ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τούτου τέως εἰρήσθω. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Τό φρέαρ τοῦ Ἰακώβ, ἐστίν ἡ Γραφή· τό δέ ὕδωρ, ἐστίν ἡ ἐν τῇ Γραφῇ γνῶσις, τό δέ βάθος ἡ τῶν γραφικῶν αἰνιγμάτων δυσδιεξίτητος θέσις, τό δέ ἄντλημα, ἐστί, ἡ διά τῶν γραμμάτων τοῦ θείου λόγου μάθησις, ἥν οὐκ εἶχεν ὁ Κύριος αὐτολόγος ὑπάρχων, καί οὐ τήν ἐκ μαθήσεως καί μελέτης γνῶσιν διδούς τοῖς πιστεύουσιν, ἀλλά τήν ἐκ χάριτος πνευματικῆς ἀένναον σοφίαν, καί μηδέποτε λήγουσαν τοῖς ἀξίοις δωρούμενος. Τό γάρ ἄντλημα, τουτέστιν ἡ μάθησις, μέρος ἐλάχιστον λαμβάνουσα γνώσεως, τό πᾶν ἐᾷ μηδενί λόγῳ κρατούμενον. Ἡ δέ κατά χάριν γνῶσις, ὅλην ἔχει καί δίχα μελέτης τήν ἐφικτήν ἀνθρώποις σοφίαν, πρός τάς χρείας ποικίλως βλυστάνουσαν.
English
by nature of humans, but by a pedagogy of economy leading to what is greater and more mystical; in which sense I think the Lord said to the Samaritan woman: "And now the one you have is not yours." For he knew that nature would be transferred into the Gospel. Therefore also around the sixth hour, when the soul is most brightly illumined from all sides by the rays of knowledge through the presence of the Word to it (the shadow in the law having passed away), he conversed with it, and by the well of Jacob, that is, by the fountain, with the Word, standing with the contemplations of the Scriptures. Let these things be said for now also about this. SCHOLION 1. The well of Jacob is the Scripture; the water is the knowledge in the Scripture; the depth is the hard-to-traverse position of the scriptural enigmas; the bucket is the learning of the divine Word through the letters, which the Lord did not have, being the Word himself, and not giving to believers the knowledge that comes from learning and study, but granting to the worthy the ever-flowing wisdom from spiritual grace, and never ceasing. For the bucket, that is, learning, taking a very small part of knowledge, leaves the whole unheld by any account. But the knowledge according to grace has the whole wisdom attainable by humans, even without study, bubbling up in various ways for needs.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:168 · narrative
Source
ΜΒ (42). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΠΩΣ ΗΜΕΙΣ ΛΕΓΟΜΕΘΑ ΠΟΙΗΣΑΙ ΤΗΝ ΑΜΑΡΤΙΑΝ, Ο ΔΕ ΚΥΡΙΟΣ ΓΕΝΕΣΘΑΙ ΜΕΝ ΑΜΑΡΤΙΑ, ΜΗ ΕΙΔΕΝΑΙ ΔΕ ΑΥΤΗΝ; 42. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΒ' Πῶς ἡμεῖς μὲν ποιῆσαι λεγόμεθα τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ εἰδέναι, ὁ δὲ Κύριος γενέσθαι μὲν ἁμαρτία λέγεται, μὴ γνῶναι δὲ αὐτήν; Πῶς δὲ καὶ τοῦ ποιῆσαι καὶ εἰδέναι αὐτὴν οὐκ ἔστι βαρύτερον τὸ γενέσθαι καὶ μὴ γνῶναι; Τὸν γὰρ μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, φησίν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν. Ἀπόκρισις. Φθαρεῖσα πρότερον τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν λόγου τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἡ προαίρεσις τὴν φύσιν ἑαυτῇ συνέφθειρεν, ἀποθεμένην τῆς ἀπαθείας ( τὴν χάριν. Καὶ γέγονεν ἁμαρτία, πρώτη μὲν καὶ εὐδιάβλητος, ἡ πρὸς κακίαν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τῆς προαιρέσεως ἔκπτωσις, δευτέρα δέ, διὰ τὴν πρώτην, ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἐξ ἀφθαρσίας εἰς φθορὰν ἀδιάβλητος μεταποίησις. Δύο γὰρ ἁμαρτίαι γεγόνασιν ἐν τῷ προπάτορι κατὰ τὴν παράβασιν τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς, ἡ μὲν διαβεβλημένη, ἡ δὲ ἀδιάβλητος, αἰτίαν ἔχουσα τὴν διαβεβλημένην, καὶ ἡ μὲν προαιρέσεως, ἑκουσίως ἀποθεμένης τὸ ἀγαθόν, ἡ δὲ φύσεως, ἀκουσίως διὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἀποθεμένης τὴν ἀθανασίαν. Ταύτην οὖν τὴν διάλληλον φθοράν τε καὶ ἀλλοίωσιν τῆς φύσεως ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν καὶ Θεὸς διορθούμενος, ὁλόκληρον τὴν φύσιν λαβών, εἶχε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ ληφθείσῃ φύσει τὸ παθητὸν τῇ κατὰ προαίρεσιν ἀφθαρσίᾳ κοσμούμενον, καὶ γέγονε φύσει μὲν διὰ τὸ παθητὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτία, μὴ γνοὺς δὲ τὴν γνωμικὴν ἁμαρτίαν διὰ τὴν ἀτρεψίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως·
English
MB (42). On how we are said to have made sin, while the Lord is said to have become sin but not to have known it. 42. Question 42: How is it that we are said to have made sin and to know it, while the Lord is said to have become sin but not to have known it? And how is becoming and not knowing it not heavier than making and knowing it? For the one who did not know sin, he says, he made to be sin for us. Answer. The choice of Adam, having first corrupted the principle of nature according to nature, corrupted nature along with itself, since it had set aside the grace of impassibility. And it became sin—first, and easily blamed, the fall of choice from the good toward evil; second, on account of the first, the blameless transformation of nature from incorruption into corruption. For two sins came to be in the forefather through the transgression of the divine commandment: the one blameworthy, the other blameless, having the blameworthy one as its cause; the one of choice, which voluntarily set aside the good, the other of nature, which involuntarily set aside immortality because of the choice. This reciprocal corruption and alteration of nature, then, our Lord and God correcting, having taken the whole nature, he too had in the nature he took the passible, adorned by the incorruption according to choice; and he became by nature, because of the passible, sin for us, but did not know the sin of inclination because of the immutability of his choice.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:169 · narrative
Source
τὸ δὲ παθητὸν τῆς φύσεως διὰ τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως διωρθώσατο, τὸ τέλος τοῦ παθητοῦ τῆς φύσεως, φημὶ δὲ τὸν θάνατον, τῆς κατὰ φύσιν πρὸς ἀφθαρσίαν μεταποιήσεως ἀρχὴν ποιησάμενος. Καὶ γέγονεν, ὥσπερ δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου τραπέντος ἑκουσίως ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἐξ ἀφθαρσίας εἰς φθορὰν μεταποίησις, οὕτως δι᾽ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μὴ τραπέντος ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ τὴν προαίρεσιν, εἰς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἡ τῆς φύσεως ἐκ φθορᾶς εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν ἀποκατάστασις. Τὴν ἐμὴν οὖν μὴ γνοὺς ἁμαρτίαν ὁ Κύριος, τουτέστι τὴν τροπὴν τῆς ἐμῆς προαιρέσεως, τὴν ἐμὴν οὐκ ἔλαβεν ἁμαρτίαν οὔτε γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δι᾽ ἐμὲ [γέγονεν] ἁμαρτίαν, τουτέστι τὴν διὰ τὴν τροπὴν τῆς ἐμῆς προαιρέσεως φθορὰν τῆς φύσεως, ἀναλαβών, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γέγονε φύσει παθητὸς ἄνθρωπος, διὰ τῆς δι᾽ ἐμὲ ἁμαρτίας τὴν ἐμὴν ἀνελὼν ἁμαρτίαν. Καὶ ὥσπερ ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ τὸ περὶ κακίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἴδιον τὸ κοινὸν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἀφείλετο κλέος τῆς φύσεως, φύσιν ἀθάνατον ἔχειν ( οὐκ εἶναι καλὸν κρίναντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν κακισθέντα τὴν προαίρεσιν ἄνθρωπον, οὕτως ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ τὸ περὶ τὸ καλὸν τῆς προαιρέσεως ἴδιον τὸ κοινὸν τῆς φθορᾶς αἶσχος τῆς ὅλης ἀφείλετο φύσεως, κατὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν μεταπλασθείσης εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν τῆς φύσεως διὰ τὴν ἀτρεψίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως, εὔλογον κρίναντος τοῦ Θεοῦ πάλιν ἀθάνατον ἀπολαβεῖν τὴν φύσιν τὸν μὴ τραπέντα τὴν προαίρεσιν ἄνθρωπον. Ἄνθρωπον δὲ λέγω τὸν σαρκωθέντα Θεὸν Λόγον δι᾽ ἣν ἑαυτῷ καθ᾽ ὑπόστασιν ἥνωσε λογικῶς ἐψυχωμένην σάρκα.
English
He corrected the passibility of nature through the incorruptibility of the will, making the end of the passibility of nature—I mean death—the beginning of the natural transformation into incorruptibility. And just as, through one man who willingly turned his will from the good, the transformation of nature from incorruptibility into corruption passed to all men, so through one man, Jesus Christ, who did not turn his will from the good, the restoration of nature from corruption into incorruptibility passed to all men. The Lord, then, not knowing my sin—that is, the turning of my will—did not take my sin nor become it, but became the sin for my sake, that is, the corruption of nature that came about through the turning of my will; taking it up, he became by nature a passible man for our sake, and through the sin for my sake he abolished my sin. And just as in Adam the individual character of the will toward evil took away from nature the common glory of incorruptibility—God having judged it not good that the man who had become evil in his will should possess an immortal nature—so in Christ the individual character of the will toward the good took away from the whole of nature the common shame of corruption, nature being refashioned into incorruptibility at the resurrection because of the immutability of his will, God having judged it reasonable that the man who did not turn his will should again receive an immortal nature. And by "man" I mean the incarnate God the Word, because of the flesh endowed with a rational soul that he united to himself in his own person.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:170 · narrative
Source
Εἰ γὰρ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν παθητόν τε καὶ φθαρτὸν καὶ θνητὸν ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἡ τροπὴ τῆς προαιρέσεως ἐπεισήγαγεν, εἰκότως τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἀπαθὲς καὶ ἄφθαρτον καὶ ἀθάνατον ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ διὰ τῆς ἀναστάσεως ἡ ἀτρεψία τῆς προαιρέσεως ἐπανήγαγε. Κατάκρισις οὖν ἐστι τῆς προαιρετικῆς ἁμαρτίας τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἡ τῆς φύσεως πρὸς πάθος καὶ φθορὰν καὶ θάνατον μεταποίησις· ἣν οὐ γέγονε μὲν ἐκ Θεοῦ καταρχὰς ἔχων ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐποίησε δὲ καὶ ἔγνω, τὴν προαιρετικὴν διὰ τῆς παρακοῆς ἁμαρτίαν δημιουργήσας· ἧς ὑπάρχει γέννημα σαφῶς ἡ διὰ τοῦ θανάτου κατάκρισις. Ταύτην δὲ τῆς ἐμῆς προαιρετικῆς ἁμαρτίας τὴν κατάκρισιν, λέγω δὲ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν παθητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν καὶ θνητόν, ὁ Κύριος λαβὼν ἁμαρτία γέγονε δι᾽ ἐμὲ κατὰ τὸ παθητὸν καὶ φθαρτὸν καὶ θνητόν, τὴν ἐμὴν ἑκουσίως ὑποδὺς φύσει κατάκρισιν, ἀκατάκριτος ὑπάρχων τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἵνα τὴν ἐμὴν προαιρετικήν τε καὶ φυσικὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ κατάκρισιν κατακρίνῃ, κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ πάθος καὶ φθορὰν καὶ θάνατον ἐξωθήσας τῆς φύσεως, καὶ γένηται καινὸν μυστήριον ἡ περὶ ἐμέ, τὸν πεσόντα ἐξ ἀπειθείας, τοῦ ὑπὲρ ἐμὲ ἐκ φιλανθρωπίας οἰκονομία, τῆς ἐμῆς ἕνεκεν σωτηρίας τὴν ἐμὴν ἑκουσίως οἰκειουμένου διὰ τοῦ θανάτου κατάκρισιν, καὶ δι᾽ αὐτῆς χαριζομένου μοι τὴν πρὸς ἀθανασίαν ἀνάκλησιν. Πολλαχῶς, οἶμαι, δέδεικται κατ᾽ ἐπιτομὴν πῶς τε γέγονε μὲν ἁμαρτία ὁ Κύριος, οὐκ ἔγνω δὲ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ πῶς ὁ ( ἄνθρωπος οὐ γέγονε μέν, ἐποίησε δὲ καὶ ἔγνω τὴν ἁμαρτίαν, τήν τε προαιρετικήν, ἧς αὐτὸς ἀπήρξατο, τήν τε φυσικήν, ἣν δι᾽ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος κατεδέξατο, τῆς πρώτης παντελῶς ὑπάρχων ἐλεύθερος.
English
For if the passibility, corruptibility, and mortality according to nature were introduced in Adam by the turning of his free choice, then reasonably the impassibility, incorruptibility, and immortality according to nature were brought back in Christ through the resurrection by the immutability of his free choice. Therefore the condemnation of Adam's sin of free choice is the transformation of nature into passibility, corruption, and death—which man did not have from God in the beginning, but he made and knew it, creating the sin of free choice through disobedience; of which the condemnation through death is clearly the offspring. This condemnation of my sin of free choice—I mean the passible, corruptible, and mortal according to nature—the Lord took upon himself and became sin for my sake in respect of the passible, corruptible, and mortal, voluntarily submitting by nature to my condemnation, being uncondemned in his free choice, in order that he might condemn my sin and condemnation, both of free choice and of nature, thrusting sin and passibility and corruption and death out of nature at once, and that the mystery concerning me might become new—the economy, out of love for humanity, of him who is above me for the sake of my salvation, who voluntarily appropriates to himself my condemnation through death, and through it grants me the recall to immortality. In many ways, I think, it has been shown in summary how the Lord became sin but did not know sin, and how man did not become sin but made and knew sin—both the sin of free choice, which he himself began, and the natural sin, which the Lord accepted for his sake, being entirely free of the former.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:171 · narrative
Source
Οὐδαμῶς οὖν τοῦ γίνεσθαι κρεῖττον ὑπάρχει τὸ ποιῆσαι καὶ γνῶναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν κατὰ τὸν ἀποδοθέντα νοούμενον τοῦ λόγου σκοπόν, καὶ μετὰ τῆς πρεπούσης διαστολῆς τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὁμωνυμίας νοουμένης. Τὸ μὲν γὰρ Θεοῦ ποιεῖται χωρισμόν, ἀπωθουμένης ἑκουσίως τὰ θεῖα τῆς προαιρέσεως, τὸ δὲ κακίας πολλάκις γίνεται κωλυτικόν, μὴ συγχωροῦν εἰς ἔργον προβῆναι, διὰ τὴν φυσικὴν ἀσθένειαν, τὴν κακίαν τῆς προαιρέσεως. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ἁμαρτίαν φύσεως εἶναί φησι τόν θάνατον, καθ᾿ ὅν τοῦ εἶναι καί μή θέλοντες ἀπογινόμεθα· ἁμαρτίαν δέ προαιρέσεως, τήν τῶν παρά φύσιν αἵρεσιν, καθ᾿ ἥν τό εὖ εἶναι θέλοντες ἀποπίπτομεν. 2. Ὅτι φθαρτός μέν κατὰ φύσιν σαρκωθείς ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὑπῆρχεν ὁ Κύριος, καθ' ὅ καί ἁμαρτία γεγονέναι λέγεται φησίν· ἄφθαρτος δέ φύσει κατά προαίρεσιν, ὡς ἀναμάρτητος. 3. Ὁ τοῦ Κυρίου θάνατος, φησίν, ἀφθαρσίας ἀρχή τῆς ὅλης φύσεως γέγονεν. 4. Ἡ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐστιν ἁμαρτία, τό τῆς φύσεως φθαρτόν· ἡ δέ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτία, τό τρεπτόν τῆς προαιρέσεως. Διό γέγονε θνητός ὁ ἄνθρωπος, τόν φυσικόν ὑπομείνας θάνατον, κατά δικαίαν κρίσιν, εἰς ἀναίρεσιν τοῦ θανάτου τῆς προαιρέσεως. 5. Πρώτην ἁμαρτίαν φησί τήν τροπήν τῆς προαιρέσεως, ἥν οὐκ ἔσχεν ὁ Κύριος, καίτοι λαβών ἀληθῶς τό κατά φύσιν παθητόν, ἐπιτίμιον ὑπάρχον τῆς
English
In no way, then, is doing and knowing sin better than not doing so, according to the intended meaning of the argument as it has been set forth, and with the fitting distinction being understood of the homonymy that pertains to sin. For the one effects a separation from God, when the free choice voluntarily thrusts away divine things; while the other often becomes a hindrance to vice, not permitting the vice of the free choice to proceed to action because of natural weakness. SCHOLIA 1. He says that death is a sin of nature, by which we perish from being even against our will; and that the choice of things contrary to nature is a sin of free choice, by which we fall away from well-being though we wish it. 2. That the Lord, having become incarnate as a man, was by nature corruptible, inasmuch as he is also said to have become sin, he says; but by nature he is incorruptible in his free choice, as being without sin. 3. The death of the Lord, he says, has become the beginning of incorruptibility for the whole of nature. 4. The corruption of nature is sin for our sake; but the mutability of our free choice is our sin. Therefore man became mortal, having undergone natural death by just judgment, for the removal of the death of free choice. 5. He says that the first sin is the turning of the free choice, which the Lord did not have, although he truly took on the passibility according to nature, which is a penalty of the
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:172 · narrative
Source
τραπείσης τοῦ Ἀδάμ προαιρέσεως. ( Διό καί μόνος ἐν νεκροῖς ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔχων τήν, δι᾿ ἥν ὁ θάνατος γέγονεν, ἁμαρτίαν. ΜΓ (43). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΞΥΛΟΥ ΤΗΣ ΖΩΗΣ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΞΥΛΟΥ ΤΗΣ ΠΑΡΑΚΟΗΣ. 43. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΓ' Εἰ τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς ἡ σοφία λέγεται εἶναι παρὰ τῇ Γραφῇ, ἔργον δὲ σοφίας τὸ διακρίνειν καὶ γνῶναι «τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ ξύλον», τί διαφέρει λοιπὸν τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς; Ἀπόκρισις. Πολλὰ μὲν εἰπεῖν δυνάμενοι περὶ τοῦ προκειμένου ζητήματος διὰ τῆς ἐν αὐτοῖς χάριτος οἱ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας διδάσκαλοι, σιωπῇ μᾶλλον τιμήσαντες τὸν τόπον ἡγήσαντο κρεῖττον, διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν διάνοιαν μὴ δυναμένην ἐφικέσθαι τοῦ βάθους τῶν γεγραμμένων, μηδὲν βαθύτερον εἰπεῖν ἀνασχόμενοι. Εἰ δὲ καὶ εἶπόν τινες, πρότερον διακρίναντες τῶν ἀκουόντων τὴν δύναμιν, οὕτω μέρος πρὸς λυσιτέλειαν τῶν διδασκομένων εἰρηκότες, τὸ πλεῖστον κατέλιπον ἀνεξέταστον. Διὸ κἀγὼ σιωπῇ μᾶλλον τὸν τόπον παρελθεῖν διενοούμην, εἰ μὴ λυπεῖσθαι τὴν ὑμετέραν φιλόθεον ψυχὴν ὑπενόησα. Πλὴν ἀλλ᾽ ὑμῶν χάριν ἐρῶ τὸ πᾶσιν δυνάμενον εἶναι κατάλληλον καὶ μικροῖς καὶ μεγάλοις τὴν διάνοιαν πρόσφορον. Τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς καὶ τὸ μὴ τοιοῦτον, ἐξ αὐτοῦ μόνου τοῦ τὸ μὲν ζωῆς ξύλον ὀνομασθῆναι, τὸ δὲ οὐ ζωῆς ἀλλὰ μόνον γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, πολλὴν καὶ ἄφατον ἔχουσι τὴν διαφοράν. Τὸ γὰρ τῆς ζωῆς ξύλον πάντως καὶ ζωῆς ἐστι ποιητικόν, τὸ δὲ μὴ ζωῆς ξύλον δηλονότι θανάτου ποιητικόν. Τὸ γὰρ μὴ ποιητικὸν ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ προσαγορευθῆναι ζωῆς ξύλον θανάτου σαφῶς ἂν εἴη ποιητικόν· ἄλλο γὰρ οὐδὲν τῇ ζωῇ κατ᾽ ἐναντίωσιν ἀντιδιαιρεῖται.
English
Adam's free choice had been turned. (Therefore he alone is free among the dead, not having the sin through which death came.) 43. CONCERNING THE TREE OF LIFE AND THE TREE OF DISOBEDIENCE. Question 43: If the tree of life is said in Scripture to be wisdom, and it is the work of wisdom to distinguish and to know "the known tree of the good and the evil," how then does it differ from the tree of life? Answer. The teachers of the Church, being able by the grace that is in them to say many things concerning the question set before us, judged it better to honor the place rather with silence, because the understanding of the many cannot reach the depth of what has been written, and they did not venture to say anything deeper. And if some did speak, having first discerned the capacity of their hearers, they spoke in part for the benefit of those being taught, and left the greater part unexamined. Therefore I too intended to pass over this place rather in silence, had I not suspected that your God-loving soul would be grieved. Nevertheless, for your sake I will speak what can be suitable for all and fitting for those of small and great understanding alike. The tree of life and that which is not such—from this very fact alone, that the one is named a tree of life, but the other is not called a tree of life but only "known of good and evil"—have a great and ineffable difference. For the tree of life is altogether also productive of life, while the tree that is not of life is clearly productive of death. For that which is not productive of life, from the very fact that it is not called a tree of life, would clearly be productive of death; for nothing else is set in opposition to life by way of contrariety.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:173 · narrative
Source
( Ἄλλως τε δὲ καὶ ὡς σοφία τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς πλείστην ἔχει διαφορὰν πρὸς τὸ ξύλον τὸ γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ, τὸ μήτε ὂν σοφία μήτε ὠνομασμένον. Τῆς μὲν γὰρ σοφίας ἴδιον νοῦς καὶ λόγος, τῆς δὲ τῇ σοφίᾳ κατὰ τὸ ἐναντίον ἀντικειμένης ἕξεως ἴδιον ἀλογία καὶ αἴσθησις. Οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὴ ἐκ ψυχῆς νοερᾶς καὶ σώματος αἰσθητικοῦ συνεστὼς πρὸς γένεσιν ἦλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἔστω κατὰ μίαν ἐπιβολὴν ξύλον ζωῆς ὁ τῆς ψυχῆς νοῦς, ἐν ᾧ τῆς σοφίας ὑπάρχει τὸ χρῆμα, ξύλον δὲ γνωστὸν καλοῦ καὶ πονηροῦ ἡ τοῦ σώματος αἴσθησις, ἐν ᾗ τῆς ἀλογίας ὑπάρχει σαφῶς ἡ κίνησις· ἧς κατὰ τὴν πεῖραν μὴ ἅψασθαι δι᾽ ἐνεργείας ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὴν θείαν λαβὼν ἐντολὴν οὐκ ἐφύλαξεν. Ἀμφότερα δὲ τὰ ξύλα κατὰ τὴν Γραφὴν τινῶν εἰσι διακριτικά, ἤγουν ὁ νοῦς καὶ ἡ αἴσθησις. Οἷον, ὁ μὲν νοῦς ἔχει δύναμιν διακριτικὴν νοητῶν καὶ αἰσθητῶν, προσκαίρων καὶ αἰωνίων, μᾶλλον δέ, ψυχῆς ὑπάρχων δύναμις διακριτική, τῶν μὲν αὐτὴν ἀντέχεσθαι πείθει, τῶν δὲ ὑπεραίρεσθαι. Ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις ἔχει δύναμιν διακριτικὴν ἡδονῆς σωμάτων καὶ ὀδύνης, μᾶλλον δέ, δύναμις ὑπάρχουσα ἐμψύχων καὶ αἰσθητικῶν σωμάτων, τὴν μὲν ἐπισπᾶσθαι πείθει, τὴν δὲ ἀποπέμπεσθαι. Ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος μόνης τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν καὶ ὀδύνην αἰσθητικῆς τῶν σωμάτων γένηται διακρίσεως, τὴν θείαν παραβὰς ἐντολήν, ἐσθίει τὸ ξύλον τὸ γνωστὸν καλοῦ τε καὶ πονηροῦ, τουτέστι τὴν κατ᾽ αἴσθησιν ἀλογίαν, μόνην ἔχων τὴν συστατικὴν τῶν σωμάτων διάκρισιν, καθ᾽ ἥν, ὡς μὲν καλοῦ, τῆς ἡδονῆς ἀντέχεται, ὡς δὲ κακοῦ, τῆς ὀδύνης ἀπέχεται·
English
Moreover, as wisdom, the tree of life has the greatest difference from the tree called the knowledge of good and evil, which is neither wisdom nor so named. For it is proper to wisdom to have intellect and reason, while it is proper to the habit opposed to wisdom, in the contrary way, to have unreason and sense perception. Since, then, man came into generation composed of a rational soul and a sentient body, let the intellect of the soul be, in one conception, the tree of life, in which is the possession of wisdom, and let the sense perception of the body be the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, in which is clearly the motion of unreason; and the man, having received the divine commandment not to touch this by experience through activity, did not keep it. But both trees, according to Scripture, are discriminative of certain things, namely, the intellect and the sense perception. For example, the intellect has the power to discriminate intelligible and sensible things, temporary and eternal things—or rather, being a discriminative power of the soul, it persuades it to cleave to some things and to rise above others. And sense perception has the power to discriminate the pleasure of bodies and pain—or rather, being a power of ensouled and sentient bodies, it persuades it to draw some things to itself and to reject others. If, then, man becomes [occupied] with the discrimination of bodies according to pleasure and pain alone, transgressing the divine commandment, he eats the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, that is, unreason according to sense perception, having only the discrimination that constitutes bodies, according to which, as of good, he cleaves to pleasure, and as of evil, he abstains from pain.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:174 · narrative
Source
ἐὰν δὲ μόνης τῆς τῶν αἰωνίων διακρινούσης τὰ πρόσκαιρα διόλου νοερᾶς γένηται διακρίσεως, τὴν θείαν φυλάξας ἐντολήν, ἐσθίει τὸ ξύλον τῆς ζωῆς, τὴν κατὰ νοῦν λέγω συνισταμένην σοφίαν, μόνην ἔχων τὴν συστατικὴν τῆς ψυχῆς διάκρισιν, καθ᾽ ἥν, ὡς μὲν καλοῦ, τῆς τῶν αἰωνίων ἀντέχεται δόξης, ὡς δὲ κακοῦ, τῆς τῶν προσκαίρων ἀπέχεται φθορᾶς. ( Πολλὴ τοιγαροῦν ἐστιν ἡ διαφορὰ τῶν δύο ξύλων, καὶ τῆς αὐτῶν φυσικῆς διακρίσεως, καὶ τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ προσφυοῦς ἐμφάσεως, ὁμωνύμως ἐκφωνηθείσης ἄνευ διαστολῆς προσηγορίας τοῦ καλοῦ τε καὶ τοῦ κακοῦ, καὶ πολλὴν δύναται ποιῆσαι τοῖς μὴ σοφῶς τε καὶ ἐπεσκεμμένως ἐντυγχάνουσι τοῖς Λογίοις τοῦ Πνεύματος τὴν πλάνην. Ἀλλ᾽ ὑμεῖς σοφοὶ διὰ τῆς χάριτος ὄντες, γνῶτε ὅτι τὸ ἁπλῶς λεγόμενον κακὸν οὐ πάντως κακόν, ἀλλὰ πρός τι μὲν κακόν, πρός τι δὲ οὐ κακόν· ὡσαύτως καὶ τὸ ἁπλῶς λεγόμενον καλὸν οὐ πάντως καλόν, ἀλλὰ πρός τι μὲν καλόν, πρός τι δὲ οὐ καλόν· καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς ὁμωνυμίας βλάβην φυλάξασθε. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Νοῦ μέν γάρ καλόν ἐστιν, ἡ ἀπαθής πρός τό πνεῦμα διάθεσις· κακόν δέ, ἡ ἐμπαθής πρός τήν αἴσθησιν σχέσις. Αἰσθήσεως δέ καλόν ἐστιν, ἡ καθ᾿ ἡδονήν ἐμπαθής πρός τό σῶμα κίνησις· κακόν δέ, ἡ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ταύτῃ ἐπιγινομένη διάθεσις. ΜΔ (44). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΙΔΟΥ ΑΔΑΜ ΓΕΓΟΝΕΝ ΩΣ ΕΙΣ ΕΞ ΗΜΩΝ". 44. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΔ' Πρὸς τίνα λέγει ὁ Θεὸς ἰδοὺ Ἀδὰμ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν; Εἰ μὲν πρὸς τὸν Υἱόν, καὶ πῶς συγκρίνεται Ἀδὰμ Θεῷ, μὴ ὢν τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ; Εἰ δὲ πρὸς ἀγγέλους, πῶς τὸν ἄγγελον πάλιν ἑαυτῷ συγκρίνει, ὡς πρὸς ἴσον κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν λέγων τὸ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν;
English
But if it comes to be of the intelligible discrimination alone, which distinguishes eternal things from temporal, having kept the divine commandment, it eats the tree of life—I mean the wisdom that consists in the intellect—having only the discrimination that constitutes the soul, by which, as of good, it cleaves to the glory of eternal things, and as of evil, it abstains from the corruption of temporal things. Great, therefore, is the difference between the two trees, both of their natural discrimination and of the impression naturally implanted in each, since the name of good and evil has been uttered homonymously without distinction of appellation, and it can produce great error for those who do not approach the Oracles of the Spirit wisely and with careful examination. But you, being wise through grace, know that what is called evil simply is not altogether evil, but is evil in relation to something and not evil in relation to something else; likewise also what is called good simply is not altogether good, but is good in relation to something and not good in relation to something else; and guard against the harm that comes from homonymy. SCHOLIA 1. For it is good for the intellect: the impassible disposition toward the spirit; and evil: the passionate relation toward sense. And it is good for sense: the passionate movement toward the body according to pleasure; and evil: the disposition that arises in it according to virtue. MD (44). CONCERNING "BEHOLD, ADAM HAS BECOME AS ONE OF US". 44. QUESTION 44. To whom does God say, "Behold, Adam has become as one of us"? If to the Son, how is Adam compared to God, not being of his essence? But if to the angels, how does he again compare the angel to himself, saying "as one of us" as though to an equal in essence?
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:175 · narrative
Source
Ἀπόκρισις. Ἤδη μὲν εἶπον ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς πυργοποιΐας κεφαλαίῳ ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην τῇ ψυχῇ τῶν προνοουμένων διάθεσιν ἡ Γραφὴ λαλοῦντα τὸν Θεὸν διαπλάττεται, διὰ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν ( ἡμῖν συμφυῶν τρόπων τὴν θείαν αἰνιττομένη βουλήν. Καὶ ἐνταῦθα τοίνυν οὐχ ἁπλῶς λέγοντα τὸν Θεὸν ἡ Γραφὴ δείκνυσι τὸ ἰδοὺ γέγονεν Ἀδὰμ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν, ἀλλά, δηλονότι μετὰ τὴν παράβασιν, προσθεῖσα καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς λέξεως, ἣν ὑμεῖς ἐντάξαι τῷ κεφαλαίῳ παρελίπετε, τῆς ὅλης σαφηνιστικὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἐννοίας. Εἰπὼν γὰρ ὁ λόγος ἰδοὺ Ἀδὰμ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν, προσέθηκε τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν, καὶ νῦν μήποτε ἐκτείνῃ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καὶ λάβῃ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἅμα τῇ συμβουλῇ πολυθεΐαν αὐτὸν ἐδίδαξεν ὁ διάβολος εἰπὼν ᾗ δ᾽ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ φάγησθε ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου, διανοιχθήσονται ὑμῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοί, καὶ ἔσεσθε ὡς θεοὶ γινώσκοντες καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν, διὰ τοῦτο μεθ᾽ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ οἷον εἰπεῖν εἰρωνευτικήν τε καὶ ὀνειδιστικήν, εἰς ἔλεγχον τοῦ πεισθέντος ἀνθρώπου τῷ διαβόλῳ, τὴν τὸ γέγονεν ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν πρὸς τὴν ἐντεθεῖσαν διὰ τῆς ἀπάτης παρὰ τοῦ ὄφεως τῷ Ἀδὰμ περὶ θεότητος ἔννοιαν πληθυντικῶς ποιεῖται φωνὴν ὁ Θεός.
English
Answer. I have already said in the chapter concerning the building of the tower that, in accordance with the disposition of the things foreknown that underlies the soul, the Scripture molds God as speaking, hinting at the divine counsel through the modes that are natural and connate to us. And here, therefore, the Scripture does not show God simply saying, "Behold, Adam has become as one of us," but evidently after the transgression, adding also the reason for the expression, which you passed over when compiling the chapter, though it is clarifying of the whole meaning. For when the account had said, "Behold, Adam has become as one of us," it added, "to know good and evil," and "now, lest he stretch out his hand and take of the tree of life and live forever." For since at the same time as the counsel the devil taught him polytheism, saying, "On the day you eat of the tree, your eyes will be opened, and you will be as gods knowing good and evil," for this reason, with dissimulation and, so to speak, ironically and reproachfully, for the refutation of the man who was persuaded by the devil, God makes the phrase "has become as one of us" in the plural, directed toward the notion of divinity that was implanted in Adam by the serpent through deceit.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:176 · narrative
Source
Καὶ μή τις δόξῃ τῆς γραφικῆς εἶναι συνηθείας ἀλλότριον τὸ εἶδος τῆς κατ᾽ εἰρωνείαν λέξεως, ἀκούων τῆς Γραφῆς ἐκ προσώπου τοῦ Θεοῦ λεγούσης πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐὰν πορευθῆτε πρός με πλάγιοι, κἀγὼ πορεύσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς πλάγιος, εἰδὼς μηδὲν διαφέρειν εἰρωνείας πλαγιασμόν, καὶ πάλιν εὑρίσκων πῶς τὴν τοῦ Ἀχαὰβ συνεσκεύασεν ἀπάτην, ὡς ἀλήθειαν αὐτῷ προβαλλόμενος τὸ ψεῦδος δι᾽ ὧν ἥμαρτεν φέρων αὐτῷ δικαίως τὴν κόλασιν. Εἰ γὰρ μὴ πρὸς τὴν πλάνην τοῦ Ἀδὰμ ἡ Γραφὴ τὸν Θεὸν λέγοντα τὸ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ἡμῶν εἰσήγαγεν, πῶς ἐπέφερε τοῦ γινώσκειν καλὸν καὶ πονηρόν, ὡς σύνθετον ἔχοντα γνῶσιν καὶ ἐξ ἐναντίων συγκειμένην· ὅπερ ἀμήχανον ἐπὶ Θεοῦ κἂν ἐννοῆσαι, μήτι γε εἰπεῖν τολμῆσαι, τοῦ μόνου ἁπλοῦ τὴν οὐσίαν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν γνῶσιν, καὶ μόνην ( τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ γνῶσιν ἔχοντος, μᾶλλον δὲ αὐτοουσία καὶ δύναμις καὶ γνῶσις ὄντος. Ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ τι τῶν ἐκ Θεοῦ καὶ μετὰ Θεὸν λογικῶν οὐσιῶν ἔχει ὁμοῦ τε καὶ κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἐν τῷ τῆς διανοίας ἁπλῷ κινήματι κατὰ σύνθεσιν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων ὑφισταμένην τὴν γνῶσιν. Διότι πέφυκεν ἡ θατέρου τῶν ἀλλήλοις ἀντικειμένων γνῶσις τῆς τοῦ ἑτέρου ποιεῖσθαι γνώσεως
English
And let no one think that the form of expression by way of irony is foreign to scriptural custom, when he hears the Scripture saying in the person of God to Israel, "If you walk with me crookedly, I also will walk with you crookedly," knowing that crookedness differs in no way from irony; and again, finding how it contrived the deception of Ahab, putting falsehood before him as truth, bringing upon him justly the punishment for the things in which he sinned. For if the Scripture had not introduced God as saying, in reference to Adam's error, "Behold, he has become as one of us, to know good and evil," how would it have brought in the knowing of good and evil, as though he had a composite knowledge and one composed of opposites—which it is impossible even to conceive concerning God, let alone dare to say it, since He alone is simple in essence and power and knowledge, and has only the knowledge of the good, or rather is Himself essence and power and knowledge. But neither does any of the rational essences that are from God and after God possess, at once and in the same simple motion of the mind, knowledge that subsists by composition from opposites. For by nature the knowledge of one of two things opposed to each other produces the knowledge of the other.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:177 · narrative
Source
ἄγνοιαν. Ἀμιγὴς γὰρ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἡ γνῶσις καὶ παντάπασιν ἀσυνύπαρκτος, ἐπείπερ ἡ τοῦδε γνῶσις τὴν θατέρου τῶν ἀντικειμένων συνίστησιν ἄγνοιαν, ὥσπερ οὔτε ὀφθαλμὸς τοῦ ἄνω τε ὁμοῦ καὶ τοῦ κάτω, καὶ τῶν ἐφ᾽ ἑκάτερα κατὰ ταὐτόν, χωρὶς τῆς πρὸς θάτερον ἰδιαζούσης ἐπιστροφῆς καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντῃ κεχωρισμένης, ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι. Τὸ τοίνυν πάθος τοῦ Ἀδὰμ οἰκειούμενον ἡ Γραφὴ τὸν Θεὸν παραδείκνυσιν ἢ τὸν Ἀδὰμ ἐπὶ τῇ συμβουλῇ τοῦ ὄφεως διελέγχει, πρὸς συναίσθησιν ἄγουσα τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἀπάτης ἐπιτριβέντων αὐτῷ περὶ πολυθεΐας ὕθλων. Καὶ εἰ μὲν οὕτως ἔχει καλῶς, ἅλις τῶν ζητημάτων. Ἐπείτοι γε αὐτὸς παρ᾽ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ μεῖζον ἐξευρίσκων, μετάδος κἀμοὶ τῆς χορηγουμένης σοι περὶ τῶν ὄντων θεόθεν χάριτος. Τὸ δὲ καὶ νῦν μήπως ἐκτείνῃ τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ καὶ λάβῃ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τὴν κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν, ὡς οἶμαι, τῶν ἀμίκτων προνοητικῶς ποιεῖται διαίρεσιν, ἵνα μὴ ἀθάνατον γένηται τὸ κακόν, τῇ μετοχῇ τοῦ καλοῦ συντηρούμενον. Ἄμικτον γὰρ εἶναι βούλεται περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τὴν σχέσιν τῶν ἀντικειμένων τὴν γνῶσιν ὁ ποιήσας τὸν ἄνθρωπον. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὅτι πρός ἥν ἔσχεν περί θεότητος ἔννοιαν ὑπό τοῦ διαβόλου διδαχθείς ὁ Ἀδάμ, διαλέγεται πρός αὐτόν ὁ Θεός.
English
ignorance. For the knowledge of opposites is unmixed and altogether incapable of coexisting, since the knowledge of one of the opposites establishes the ignorance of the other, just as the eye cannot at the same time grasp both what is above and what is below, and the things on either side simultaneously, without a turning specifically toward one and wholly separated from the others. The Scripture therefore shows God appropriating the passion of Adam, or reproving Adam for the counsel of the serpent, leading him to a sense of the worthless things concerning polytheism that had been rubbed into him by the deceit. And if this is well and good, enough of the inquiries. Since you yourself, discovering the greater from yourself, share with me also the grace given to you from God concerning the things that are. But the "lest now he stretch out his hand and take of the tree of life and live forever" — this, as I think, providentially makes the separation of things unmixed with respect to practice, so that evil may not become immortal, preserved by participation in the good. For the Maker of man wills that knowledge be unmixed in the same man with respect to the relation of opposites. SCHOLIA 1. That God converses with Adam concerning the notion of divinity which he received, having been taught by the devil.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:178 · narrative
Source
2. Ὁ τό ψεῦδος ἀγαπῶν, αὐτῷ παραδίδοται πρός ἀπώλειαν, ( ἵνα γνῷ πάσχων, ὅπερ ἐκών περιεῖπεν, καί μάθῃ κατά τήν πεῖραν γενόμενος, ὡς ἐλάνθανεν ἀντί ζωῆς περιπτυσσόμενος θάνατον. 3. Ὅτι μόνον ἔχει τοῦ καλοῦ τήν γνῶσιν ὁ Θεός, ὡς καί τοῦ καλοῦ φύσις τε καί γνῶσις ὑπάρχων· τοῦ δέ κακοῦ τήν ἄγνοιαν, ὡς τήν αὐτοῦ ἔχων ἀδυναμίαν. Ὧν γάρ ἔχει τήν δύναμιν φυσικῶς, τούτων οὐσιωδῶς κέκτηται γνῶσιν. 4. Ὅτι κατά πάθος παρά φύσιν ἐπισυμβαῖνον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ κατά δύναμιν φυσικήν τοῖς λογικοῖς ἐνθεωρεῖται κακία. 5. Ἀνὰ μέρος, φησίν, ἡ τῶν ἀντικειμένων ἐν τοῖς δεκτικοῖς θεωρεῖσθαι πέφυκε ὕπαρξις. 6. Ὁ πείσας τό συνειδός ὡς φύσει καλόν πραττόμενον ἔχειν τό κάκιστον, οὗτος χειρός δίκην τῆς ψυχῆς ἐκτείνας τό πρακτικόν, ἔλαβεν ψεκτῶς τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς, ἀθάνατον ἡγησάμενος φύσει τό κάκιστον. Διόπερ τήν κατά τό συνειδός τοῦ κακοῦ διαβολήν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ φυσικῶς ἐνθέμενος ὁ Θεός, διέκρινεν αὐτόν τῆς ζωῆς κακόν τῇ προαιρέσει γενόμενον· ἵνα μή, τό κακόν πράττων, δύνηται πεῖσαι τήν ἰδίαν συνείδησιν, ὅτι φύσει καλόν ὑπάρχει τό κάκιστον. ΜΕ (45). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΗΘΥΝΙΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΒΡΑΧΙΟΝΟΣ ΤΟΥ ΑΦΑΙΡΕΜΑΤΟΣ.
English
2. The one who loves falsehood is handed over to it for destruction, so that by suffering he may know what he willingly embraced, and by experience, having learned, may understand that he was unaware he was clinging to death instead of life. 3. That God alone has the knowledge of the good, as being both the nature and the knowledge of the good; and the ignorance of evil, as possessing its own impotence. For of those things whose power he possesses naturally, he has acquired knowledge substantially. 4. That evil is contemplated in rational beings according to a passion that befalls contrary to nature, and not according to a natural power. 5. In turn, he says, the existence of opposites is naturally contemplated in those things that are receptive of them. 6. Whoever has persuaded his conscience that the worst is by nature done as good, this one, stretching out the practical faculty of the soul as it were a hand, has wickedly taken from the tree of life, having deemed the worst to be by nature immortal. Therefore God, having placed in man by nature the conscience's accusation of evil, separated him from life when he became evil by choice, lest, while doing evil, he be able to persuade his own conscience that the worst is by nature good. ME (45). CONCERNING THE BREASTPLATE AND CONCERNING THE REMOVAL OF THE ARM.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:179 · narrative
Source
45. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΕ' Τί σημαίνει τὸ ἐν τῷ Λευϊτικῷ στηθύνιον τοῦ ἐπιθέματος καὶ ὁ βραχίων τοῦ ἀφαιρέματος, εἰς τιμὴν Θεοῦ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ἀφιερούμενον; Ἀπόκρισις. Οἶμαι τὴν ἀμείνω καὶ ὑψηλὴν θεωρίαν δηλοῦσθαι διὰ τοῦ ( στηθυνίου, καὶ τὴν πρᾶξιν διὰ τοῦ βραχίονος, ἤγουν τοῦ διανοητικοῦ τὴν ἕξιν καὶ τὴν ἐνέργειαν, ἢ τὴν γνῶσιν καὶ τὴν ἀρετήν, ὡς τῆς μὲν γνώσεως αὐτῷ προσαγούσης ἀμέσως τὸν νοῦν τῷ Θεῷ, τῆς ἀρετῆς δὲ κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν πάσης αὐτὸν ἀφαιρουμένης τῆς τῶν ὄντων γενέσεως· ἅπερ ἱερεῦσιν ἀφώρισεν ὁ λόγος, τοῖς μόνον τὸν Θεὸν διὰ πάντων κτησαμένοις κληρονομίαν, καὶ μηδὲν τὸ σύνολον κεκτημένοις ἐπίγειον. Ἢ πάλιν, ἐπειδὴ τὰς ἄλλων καρδίας διὰ τοῦ λόγου τῆς διδασκαλίας οἱ γνώσει καὶ ἀρετῇ διόλου ποιωθέντες τῷ Πνεύματι εὐσεβείας καὶ πίστεως ποιοῦνται δεκτικάς, καὶ τὴν πρακτικὴν αὐτῶν ἕξιν καὶ δύναμιν ἀφαιρούμενοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῇ φθαρτῇ φύσει σπουδασμάτων πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὑπὲρ φύσιν ἀφθάρτων ἐνέργειαν ἀγαθῶν μεταφέρουσιν, εἰκότως τῶν προσαγομένων εἰς θυσίαν Θεοῦ τὸ στηθύνιον τοῦ ἐπιθέματος, τουτέστι τῶν προσαγομένων τὴν καρδίαν, καὶ τὸν βραχίονα, τῶν αὐτῶν δηλονότι τὴν πρᾶξιν, προσέταξεν ἀφιεροῦσθαι τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν ὁ λόγος. ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Θεωρίας μέν τό στηθύνιον, πράξεως δέ ὁ βραχίων σύμβολον. Ἕξις γάρ τοῦ διανοητικοῦ πέφυκεν ὑπάρχειν ἡ θεωρία, καί ἡ πρᾶξις ἐνέργεια. Δι᾿ ἀμφοτέρων δέ τούτων ἡ ἀληθής ἱερωσύνη χαρακτηρίζεται.
English
Question 45. What does the breast-piece of the ephod in Leviticus and the arm of the removal-offering, consecrated to the priests in honor of God, signify? Answer. I think the better and higher contemplation is signified by the breast-piece, and action by the arm—that is, the habit and the activity of the intellective faculty, or knowledge and virtue—since knowledge brings the mind directly to God, while virtue through action withdraws it from the whole generation of things that exist. These things the Word set apart for priests, for those who have acquired God alone through all things as their inheritance, and who possess nothing earthly at all. Or again, since those who are wholly formed in knowledge and virtue by the Spirit make the hearts of others receptive through the word of teaching and of piety and faith, and by withdrawing their practical habit and power from the pursuits concerned with corruptible nature, transfer them to the activity of incorruptible goods that are above nature—for this reason the Word rightly commanded that the breast-piece of the ephod, that is, the heart of those brought to the sacrifice of God, and the arm, clearly the action of the same, be consecrated to the priests. Scholia 1. The breast-piece is a symbol of contemplation, and the arm of action. For contemplation is by nature a habit of the intellective faculty, and action is its activity. And by both of these the true priesthood is characterized.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:180 · narrative
Source
2. Ὁ ἱερουργῶν τῷ Θεῷ δι᾿ εὐσεβοῦς λόγου τάς ἄλλων καρδίας, αἷς ἀναλογεῖ τό στηθύνιον· καί τήν πρακτικήν αὐτῶν δύναμιν, ᾗ ἀναλογεῖ ὁ βραχίων, ἀφορίζων ταῖς ἐνεργείαις τῶν ἐντολῶν, γέγονεν ἱερεύς λαμβάνων παρά τῶν ἑαυτούς θυσίαν τῷ Θεῷ προσαγόντων, τό στῆθος καί τόν βραχίονα. Μ (46). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΕΣΟΠΤΡΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΤΟΥ ΑΙΝΙΓΜΑΤΟΣ. 46. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ Μ ' Τίς ἡ διαφορὰ τοῦ ἐσόπτρου πρὸς τὸ αἴνιγμα; Ἀπόκρισις. Τὸ μὲν ἔσοπτρόν ἐστιν, ὡς ἐν ὅρῳ φάναι, συνείδησις τὴν τῶν κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀνελλιπῶς πάντων ἀγαθῶν ἔχουσα μορφήν, ( δι᾽ ἧς ὁ καθαρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν πέφυκεν ὁρᾶν τὸν Θεόν, ἢ ἕξις πρακτική, τὴν πασῶν τῶν ἀρετῶν εἰς ἀλλήλας ἑνοειδῶς καθάπερ πρόσωπον θεῖον περιγράφουσα σύνθεσιν. Τὸ δὲ αἴνιγμα γνῶσίς ἐστι διὰ τῆς κατὰ θεωρίαν παντελοῦς τῶν θείων λόγων ἐφικτῆς τῇ φύσει περιοχῆς, τὴν τῶν ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἔμφασιν ἔχουσα. Καὶ ἁπλῶς ἔσοπτρόν ἐστιν ἕξις ἐνδεικτικὴ τῆς μελλούσης τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐμφανισθῆναι τοῖς ἀξίοις πρωτοτύπου μορφῆς· τὸ γὰρ ἐσόμενον τέλος τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας παραδηλοῖ τοῖς ἔχουσι τὸ ἔσοπτρον· τὸ αἴνιγμα δὲ τῆς τῶν νοουμένων περὶ γνῶσιν ἀρχετυπίας ἐστὶν ἔνδειξις. Πᾶσα τοίνυν ἐνταῦθα δικαιοσύνη, συγκρινομένη πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν, ἐσόπτρου λόγον ἐπέχει τὴν τῶν ἀρχετύπων πραγμάτων εἰκόνα, οὐκ αὐτὰ δὲ τὰ πράγματα κατ᾽ εἶδος ὑφιστάμενα ἔχουσα· καὶ πᾶσα γνῶσις ἐνταῦθα τῶν ὑψηλῶν, συγκρινομένη πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν, αἴνιγμά ἐστιν, ἔμφασιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ αὐτὴν ὑφισταμένην ἔχουσα τὴν φανήσεσθαι μέλλουσαν ἀλήθειαν.
English
2. The one who performs the sacred service for God through a pious word—sanctifying the hearts of others, to which the breast-piece corresponds, and their practical power, to which the arm corresponds, by setting them apart for the activities of the commandments—has become a priest, receiving from those who offer themselves as a sacrifice to God the breast and the arm. M (46). Concerning the mirror and the riddle. 46. Question 46. What is the difference between the mirror and the riddle? Answer. The mirror is, to speak within limits, a conscience that possesses without deficiency the form of all good things pertaining to practice, through which the one pure in mind is naturally able to see God, or a practical habit that circumscribes the unity-shaped composition of all the virtues into one another like a divine face. The riddle is knowledge through the complete, by way of contemplation, encompassment of the divine principles attainable by nature, having the indication of what is beyond understanding. And simply, the mirror is a habit indicative of the prototype form of the virtues that will be manifested to the worthy; for it intimates the future end of practical philosophy to those who possess the mirror; while the riddle is an indication of the archetype of things understood concerning knowledge. All righteousness here, then, compared to the one to come, holds the rank of a mirror, possessing the image of the archetypal things, but not the things themselves subsisting in their form; and all knowledge here of lofty things, compared to the one to come, is a riddle, having an indication of the truth, but not the truth itself subsisting, which is going to be manifested.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:181 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀρετῇ καὶ γνώσει τὰ θεῖα συνέχεται, τῶν κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν πρωτοτύπων ἐστὶν ἐνδεικτικὸν τὸ ἔσοπτρον, καὶ τῶν κατὰ γνῶσιν ἀρχετύπων ἐμφαντικὸν ὑπάρχει τὸ αἴνιγμα. Ταύτην ἔχει τὴν διαφορὰν τὸ ἔσοπτρον πρὸς τὸ αἴνιγμα, καθότι τὸ μὲν ἔσοπτρον πρακτικῆς μηνύει τέλος ἐσόμενον, τὸ δὲ αἴνιγμα θεωρητικῆς ἐμφαίνει μυστήριον. ΣΧΟΛΙΟΝ 1. Ὅτι τό μέν ἔσοπτρον τῶν τῇ πρακτικῇ προσφυῶν ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν ἐμφατικόν· τό δέ αἴνιγμα, τῶν ἐπί τῇ γνώσει μελλόντων μυστηρίων ἐστίν ἐνδεικτικόν. ΜΖ (47). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ "ΦΩΝΗ ΒΟΩΝΤΟΣ ΕΝ ΤΗ ΕΡΗΜΩ". 47. ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΖ' Τί ἐστι φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς; Τίς ἡ ( ἔρημος καὶ τίς ἐνταῦθα ἡ ὁδὸς Κυρίου καὶ τίς ἡ ἑτοιμασία αὐτῆς; Τίνες τε αἱ τρίβοι αὐτοῦ καὶ τί τὸ εὐθῦναι αὐτάς; Τίνες αἱ φάραγγες, καὶ τί σημαίνει τὸ πληρωθήσεται πᾶσα φάραγξ; Τίνα τε τὰ ὄρη καὶ οἱ βουνοί, καὶ τίς ἡ τούτων ταπείνωσις; Τί τὰ σκολιά, καὶ πῶς ἔσται εἰς εὐθεῖαν; Τίνες αἱ τραχεῖαι, καὶ πῶς ἔσονται εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας; Καὶ τί τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα πάντα καὶ ὄψεται πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ; Ἀπόκρισις.
English
Since the divine things are held together by virtue and knowledge, the mirror is indicative of the prototypes according to virtue, and the enigma is manifestive of the archetypes according to knowledge. The mirror has this difference from the enigma, in that the mirror discloses the end of the practical life as something future, while the enigma brings to light the mystery of the contemplative life. SCHOLION 1. That the mirror is expressive of the goods that belong to the practical life, while the enigma is indicative of the mysteries that are to come in knowledge. 47 (47). ON "THE VOICE OF ONE CRYING IN THE WILDERNESS." 47. QUESTION 47: What is the voice of one crying in the wilderness, and the things that follow? What is the wilderness, and what is the way of the Lord here, and what is its preparation? Who are his paths, and what is it to make them straight? What are the valleys, and what does "every valley shall be filled" signify? What are the mountains and the hills, and what is their humbling? What are the crooked things, and how
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:182 · narrative
Source
Φωνὴ τοῦ ἐξ ἀρχῆς βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, τῇ φύσει λέγω τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, Θεοῦ Λόγου προδήλως ἐστὶ πᾶς ἅγιος, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἄβελ ὀρθῶς προσφέρων ἐξ εἰλικρινείας ἐστεατωμένα ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς πρῶτα τῆς θεωρίας κινήματα, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἐνὼς ἐλπίδι πίστεως βεβαίᾳ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ἐπιδραξάμενος, ὑπὲρ ὧν ἤλπισεν, εὔτονον ἐκτήσατο τὴν ἐπίκλησιν, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἐνώχ, διὰ πάσης εὐαρεστήσας ἀρετῆς, τῆς τῶν ὄντων σχέσεώς τε καὶ γνώσεως τὸν νοῦν παντελῶς ἀπάρας, πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν ὑπὲρ νόησιν ἀσχέτως αἰτίαν μετέθηκεν, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Νῶε, πίστει θεωρήσας τὰ μέλλοντα τῆς θείας κρίσεως εἴδη, κατεσκεύασεν ἑαυτῷ, κιβωτοῦ δίκην, τὴν ῥυομένην αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς πανταχόθεν ἠσφαλισμένην τῷ θείῳ φόβῳ πολιτείαν καὶ ἄσκησιν, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἀβραάμ, καθαρῷ πίστεως ὀφθαλμῷ τῶν μελλόντων ἀγαθῶν ἰδὼν τὴν εὐπρέπειαν, ὑπήκουσε γῆς καὶ συγγενείας καὶ οἴκου πατρικοῦ προθύμως ἐξελθεῖν, καταλιπὼν τὴν πρὸς σάρκα καὶ αἴσθησιν καὶ αἰσθητὰ σχέσιν τε καὶ προσπάθειαν, καὶ φύσεως ἐν καιρῷ πειρασμοῦ καὶ ἀγώνων ὑψηλότερος ( ὤν, προτιμήσας τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς φύσεως, ὡς τοῦ Ἰσαὰκ τὸν Θεὸν ὁ μέγας Ἀβραάμ, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἰσαάκ, δι᾽ ἄκραν ἀπάθειαν καὶ τὴν περὶ θεωρίαν καλὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπληστίαν, ἀμετάβατον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἔσχεν, καὶ πολεμούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων, τὴν ἕξιν τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως, εἴτε κατὰ τὸν Ἰακὼβ τῆς τῶν ὑλικῶν δασύτητός τε καὶ τῆς περὶ αὐτὰ συγχύσεως τὸν νοῦν ἀποκαθάρας κατέστησε λεῖον, καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐριφείων ἐπιθέσει δερμάτων, τῇ περὶ τὴν σάρκα λέγω τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου
English
Every saint is plainly a voice of the Word of God who cries out from the beginning in the wilderness—I mean the nature of men or this world—whether, like Abel, he rightly offers from sincerity the first movements of the soul for contemplation, seasoned by the virtues; or, like Enosh, having laid hold of the good things to come by the firm hope of faith, he obtained a well-toned invocation on behalf of those things for which he hoped; or, like Enoch, having pleased God through every virtue, and having wholly detached his mind from the relation and knowledge of beings, he was translated without attachment to the very cause that is beyond understanding; or, like Noah, having by faith contemplated the future forms of the divine judgment, he prepared for himself, as it were an ark, a manner of life and ascetic practice secured on every side by divine fear, which rescues him from the wrath to come; or, like Abraham, having seen with the pure eye of faith the beauty of the good things to come, he readily obeyed the call to go out from land and kindred and his father's house, leaving behind the relation and attachment to flesh and sense and sensible things, and becoming higher than nature in the time of trial and struggles, preferring the cause of nature, as the great Abraham preferred God to Isaac; or, like Isaac, through extreme dispassion and the soul's noble insatiability for contemplation, he kept his position unswerving from the truth, even when warred against by evil spirits—the state of virtue and knowledge; or, like Jacob, having purified his mind from the roughness of material things and the confusion concerning them, he made it smooth, and by the putting on of goatskins—I mean the life according to God concerning the flesh—
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:183 · narrative
Source
τραχύτητι, τὴν κατὰ τοῦ φρονήματος τῆς σαρκὸς παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ κομισάμενος δυναστείαν, φόβῳ τε τῆς τῶν παθῶν ἐπαναστάσεως καὶ πόθῳ τῆς κατὰ πεῖραν ὑψηλοτέρας μαθήσεως μεταβὰς εἰς Χαρράν, τὴν φυσικήν φημι θεωρίαν, ἐξ ἧς λαβὼν διὰ πόνων πρακτικῶν πᾶσαν τοῦ φαινομένου κόσμου τὴν πνευματικὴν ἐπιστήμην, ἐν διαφόροις συλλεγεῖσαν λογισμοῖς τε καὶ νοήμασιν, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν γῆν τὴν πατρικὴν καὶ οἰκείαν, φημὶ τὴν γνῶσιν τῶν νοητῶν, ἐπιφερόμενος καθάπερ γυναῖκας καὶ παιδίσκας τὰς ἐγγενομένας αὐτῷ τῆς τε πρακτικῆς καὶ τῆς θεωρητικῆς παγίας ἕξεις καὶ ἐνεργείας καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τούτων αὐτῷ γεννηθέντας υἱούς, οἵτινες οὗτοι τυγχάνουσι. Καὶ ἁπλῶςἵνα μὴ πλέον τοῦ δέοντος ὁ λόγος μηκύνηται, τὸν ἑκάστου βίον διεξιώνπᾶς ἅγιος διὰ τῆς οἰκείας ἀναστροφῆς, ὡς ἐσχηκὼς βοῶντα τὸν λόγον τὰ οἰκεῖα τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις θελήματα, φωνὴ τοῦ Λόγου σαφῶς ὑπάρχει καὶ πρόδρομος κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς ἐν αὐτῷ δικαιοσύνης καὶ πίστεως. Πάντων δὲ μάλιστα φωνὴ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ πρόδρομός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ μέγας καὶ τῆς ἄνευ τύπων καὶ συμβόλων ἀληθοῦς τοῦ Θεοῦ παρουσίας μηνυτής τε καὶ κήρυξ καὶ τοῖς ἀγνοοῦσιν ἐμφανιστής, δεικνὺς ἀναφανδὸν τὸν αἴροντα τοῦ κόσμου τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκονομίαν εἰς τὴν τῶν μυστηρίων ἐκπλήρωσιν κατὰ τὸ βάπτισμα συνεισφέρων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ λειτουργίαν.
English
by harshness, having received from God the dominion over the mind of the flesh, and having moved to Harran—by which I mean natural contemplation—out of fear of the uprising of the passions and out of longing for the higher learning that comes by experience, from which, having received through practical labors the whole spiritual knowledge of the visible world, gathered in various reasonings and thoughts, he returned to the land of his father and his own—I mean the knowledge of intelligible things—carrying with him, as it were wives and maidservants, the firmly established habits and activities of both the practical and the contemplative life that had come to be in him, and the sons born to him from these, which are these very things. And to speak simply, lest the account be lengthened beyond what is fitting, going through the life of each one, every saint, through his own manner of life, since he has the Word crying out his own wills to other men, is plainly a voice of the Word and a forerunner, in proportion to the righteousness and faith within him. But above all, John the Great is a voice of the Word and a forerunner, and a declarer and herald of the true presence of God without types and symbols, and a revealer to those who do not know, showing openly the one who takes away the sin of the world and contributing his own ministry to the dispensation for the fulfillment of the mysteries at the baptism.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:184 · narrative
Source
Ἐπειδὴ δὲ διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς χάριτος πολυτρόπως δύναται ( ληφθῆναι πρὸς ὠφέλειαν τῶν ἀρετῆς τε καὶ γνώσεως ἐφιεμένων πᾶσα συλλαβή, καὶ ἡ τυχοῦσα, τῆς θείας Γραφῆς, φέρε, κατὰ τὸ δυνατὸν ἡμῖν καὶ ἑτέρως τὰ προτεθέντα θεωρήσωμεν. Ἔρημος τοιγαροῦν, ὡς ἔφην, ἔστιν ἡ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσις καὶ ὁ κόσμος οὗτος καὶ ἡ τοῦ καθέκαστον ψυχὴ διὰ τὴν γενομένην ἐκ τῆς ἀρχαίας παραβάσεως τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀκαρπίαν. Φωνὴ δὲ τοῦ βοῶντός ἐστι Λόγου ἡ κατὰ συνείδησιν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἑκάστῳ πλημμεληθεῖσι συναίσθησις οἱονεὶ βοῶσα κατὰ τὸ κρυπτὸν τῆς καρδίας ἑτοιμάσαι τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου. Σαφὴς δὲ καὶ πρόδηλος ἑτοιμασία τῆς θείας ὁδοῦ καθέστηκεν ἡ τῶν τρόπων τε καὶ λογισμῶν ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον μεταβολὴ καὶ διόρθωσις καὶ ἡ τῶν προτέρων κάθαρσις μολυσμῶν. Ὁδὸς δὲ καλή τε καὶ ἐπίδοξος ὁ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ὑπάρχει βίος· ἐν ᾧ καθάπερ ὁδῷ τὸν ἐν ἑκάστῳ ποιεῖται τῆς σωτηρίας δρόμον ὁ Λόγος, ἐνοικῶν τε διὰ τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἐμπεριπατῶν τοῖς κατ᾽ ἀρετήν τε καὶ γνῶσιν διαφόροις θεσμοῖς τε καὶ δόγμασι. Τρίβοι δὲ τοῦ Λόγου εἰσὶν οἱ διάφοροι τρόποι τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ ἡ τοῦ κατὰ Θεὸν βίου διάφορος ἀγωγὴ ἤγουν τὰ κατὰ Θεὸν ἐπιτηδεύματα· ἃς εὐθύνουσιν οἱ μήτε δόξης ἕνεκεν μήτε προφάσει πλεονεξίας μήτε κολακείας χάριν καὶ ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας καὶ ἐπιδείξεως τὴν ἀρετὴν ἢ τὴν μελέτην τῶν θείων λόγων μετελθεῖν ἐπιτηδεύοντες, ἀλλὰ πάντα διὰ τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ποιοῦντες καὶ λέγοντες καὶ διανοούμενοι. Τρίβοις γὰρ οὐκ εὐθείαις ὁ θεῖος οὐ πέφυκεν ἐμφιλοχωρεῖν Λόγος, κἂν εὕρῃ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔν τισιν ἕτοιμον. Οἷόν τι λέγω·
English
Since, because of the wealth of grace, every syllable of the divine Scripture, even the most ordinary, can be taken in many ways for the benefit of those who desire virtue and knowledge, come, let us contemplate the things set before us also in another way, as far as we are able. Therefore, as I said, the nature of men is a desert, and this world, and the soul of each individual, because of the barrenness of good things that came from the ancient transgression. And the voice of the crying Word is the conscience's awareness of each one's transgressions, as it were crying out in the hidden depth of the heart to prepare the way of the Lord. And a clear and manifest preparation of the divine way is the change and correction of one's habits and thoughts for the better, and the cleansing of former defilements. And the good and glorious way is the life according to virtue, in which, as on a road, the Word makes the course of salvation in each person, dwelling through faith and walking about among the various institutions and doctrines of virtue and knowledge. And the paths of the Word are the various modes of the virtues and the varied conduct of the life according to God—that is, the pursuits according to God—which those straighten who pursue virtue or the study of divine words neither for the sake of glory nor under the pretext of greed nor for the sake of flattery and pleasing men and display, but who do and say and think all things for God. For the divine Word does not naturally linger in crooked paths, even if he finds the way ready in some. What I mean is this:
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:185 · narrative
Source
νηστεύει τις καὶ ἀπέχεται τῆς ἐξαπτικῆς τῶν παθῶν διαίτης τὰ ἄλλα τε ποιεῖ, ὅσα πρὸς ἀπαλλαγὴν κακίας συμβάλλεσθαι δύναται, τὴν λεγομένην ὁδὸν οὗτος ἡτοίμασεν· κενοδοξίας δὲ ἢ πλεονεξίας ἢ κολακείας ἢ ἀνθρωπαρεσκείας ἢ ἄλλης τινὸς ἕνεκεν αἰτίας δίχα τῆς θείας εὐαρεστήσεως τοὺς τοιούτους ἐπιτηδεύει τρόπους, οὗτος εὐθείας οὐκ ἐποίησε τὰς τρίβους τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὸν μὲν τῆς ἑτοιμασίας τῆς ὁδοῦ πόνον ὑπέμεινε, τὸν ( δὲ Θεὸν οὐκ ἔσχε ταῖς αὐτοῦ τρίβοις ἐμπεριπατοῦντα. Ὁδὸς οὖν τοῦ Κυρίου ἐστὶν ἡ ἀρετή, εὐθεῖα δὲ τρίβος ὁ κατ᾽ ἀρετὴν ὀρθὸς ὑπάρχει τρόπος καὶ ἄδολος. Πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, τῶν ἑτοιμασαμένων δηλαδὴ καλῶς τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου καὶ εὐθείας ποιησαμένων τὰς αὐτοῦ τρίβους· οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς πᾶσα, οὐδὲ πάντων· οὔτε γὰρ τῶν μὴ ἑτοιμασάντων τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ εὐθείας ποιησάντων τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ. Φάραγξ δέ ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ καθέκαστον σάρξ, ἡ τῷ πολλῷ ῥεύματι τῶν παθῶν ἐκχαραδρωθεῖσα καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ συνδήσαντος Θεοῦ νόμον πνευματικὴν διατμηθεῖσα συνέχειάν τε καὶ συνάφειαν. Δυνατὸν δὲ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν φάραγγα νοηθῆναι, τῷ πολλῷ χειμῶνι τῆς ἀγνοίας κοιλανθεῖσαν καὶ τῆς ἐν Πνεύματι καλῆς ὁμαλότητος διὰ τῆς κακίας τὸ κάλλος ἀποθεμένην. Πᾶσα τοίνυν φάραγξ, ἤγουν σὰρξ καὶ ψυχὴ τῶν ἑτοιμασάντων τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ εὐθείας ποιησάντων τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ, πληρωθήσεται διὰ τῆς ἀποβολῆς τῶν παθῶν, τῶν ποιούντων αὐταῖς φαράγγων δίκην τὴν ἀνωμαλίαν, καὶ τῆς τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐπαναγωγῆς ἀπολαβοῦσα τὴν φυσικὴν ἐπιφάνειαν, ὁμαλισθεῖσαν τῷ Πνεύματι.
English
If someone fasts and abstains from the diet that inflames the passions, and does all the other things that can contribute to release from evil, he has prepared what is called the way; but if he practices such ways for the sake of vainglory, or greed, or flattery, or pleasing men, or any other cause apart from the divine good pleasure, he has not made straight the paths of God, and he has endured the labor of preparing the way, but he did not have God walking in his paths. The way of the Lord, then, is virtue, and the straight path is the manner of life that is upright in virtue and guileless. Every valley shall be filled—that is, of those who have prepared the way of the Lord well and made his paths straight; for not simply every valley, nor of all, since it is not of those who have not prepared the way of the Lord and made his paths straight. A valley is the flesh of each individual, which has been furrowed by the great flow of the passions and, according to the law of God who bound them together, has been cut off from its spiritual continuity and union with the soul. It is also possible to understand the soul as a valley, hollowed out by the great winter of ignorance and, through vice, having laid aside the beauty of the fair smoothness that is in the Spirit. Every valley, then—that is, the flesh and soul of those who have prepared the way of the Lord and made his paths straight—shall be filled through the removal of the passions, which produce in them irregularity like that of valleys, and through the restoration of the virtues, receiving back its natural appearance, made smooth by the Spirit.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:186 · narrative
Source
Καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται. Ταῖς φάραγξιν, ὡς ἔοικεν, μάλιστα πεφύκασί πως συνίστασθαι τὰ ὄρη καὶ οἱ βουνοί. Ὄρος ἐστὶ πᾶν ὕψωμα ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, βουνὸς δὲ πᾶσα κακία κατεπανισταμένη τῆς ἀρετῆς. Εἰ γοῦν ὄρη μέν εἰσι τὰ ἐνεργητικὰ τῆς ἀγνωσίας πνεύματα, βουνοὶ δὲ τὰ ποιητικὰ τῆς κακίας, ὁπηνίκα προδήλως πᾶσα φάραγξ, ἤγουν σὰρξ ἢ ψυχὴ τῶν ἑτοιμασάντων, ὡς εἶπον, τὴν ὁδὸν τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ εὐθείας ποιησάντων τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ, διὰ τῆς τοῦ περιπατοῦντος ἐν αὐτοῖς διὰ τῶν ἐντολῶν Θεοῦ Λόγου παρουσίας πληρωθῇ γνώσεώς τε καὶ ἀρετῆς, πάντα τὰ τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως καὶ τὰ τῆς κακίας πνεύματα ταπεινοῦται, πατοῦντος αὐτὰ τοῦ Λόγου καὶ ὑποτάσσοντος ( καὶ τὸ ἐπαιρόμενον κατὰ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως πονηρὸν κράτος καταβάλλοντος καὶ οἷον τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ ὕψος τῶν ὀρέων καὶ τῶν βουνῶν κατασκάπτοντος καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν φαράγγων ἄγοντος ἀναπλήρωσιν. Τῷ ὄντι γάρ, εἰ πάντα λήψεταί τις διὰ τῆς τοῦ Λόγου δυνάμεως ὅσα παρὰ τῆς φύσεως λαβόντες οἱ δαίμονες τὴν παρὰ φύσιν ἀγνωσίαν τε καὶ κακίαν ἐδημιούργησαν, οὐδαμῶς ὑποστήσεται καθ᾽ οἱονδήποτε τρόπον ἀγνωσίας ἢ κακίας ὕψος, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ὄρος ἢ βουνὸς τῶν αἰσθητῶς φαινομένων, εἰ μηχανή τις ἦν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις αὐτὰ μὲν κατασκάψαι τὰ ὄρη καὶ τοὺς βουνούς, τὰς δὲ φάραγγας ἀναπληρῶσαι.
English
And every mountain and hill shall be brought low. It is in the valleys, as it seems, that mountains and hills are especially wont in some way to be situated. Every high thing that exalts itself against the knowledge of God is a mountain, and every evil that rises up against virtue is a hill. If, then, the mountains are the spirits that work ignorance, and the hills those that work evil, whenever every valley—that is, the flesh or soul of those who have prepared, as I said, the way of the Lord and made straight his paths—is filled with knowledge and virtue through the presence of the Word of God who walks in them through the commandments, then all the spirits of falsely named knowledge and of evil are brought low, as the Word treads them down and subjects them, and casts down the evil power that exalts itself against human nature, and, as it were, demolishes the magnitude and height of the mountains and hills and leads them to the filling up of the valleys. For in truth, if one receives through the power of the Word all that the demons, having taken from nature, produced contrary to nature—ignorance and evil—then no height of ignorance or evil will in any way subsist, just as neither a mountain nor a hill of things visible to the senses would subsist, if there were some device for men to demolish the mountains and the hills and to fill up the valleys.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:187 · narrative
Source
Ταπείνωσις οὖν ἐστι τῶν νοητῶν καὶ πονηρῶν ὀρέων καὶ βουνῶν ἡ τῆς σαρκός τε καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὰς τῶν κατὰ φύσιν δυνάμεων ἀποκατάστασις· καθ᾽ ἣν φυσικῶς ἰθυνόμενος τῷ πλούτῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ὁ φιλόθεος νοῦς ὁμαλῶς διαπορεύεται τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦτον καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἀγήρω καὶ ἄφθαρτον προτροπάδην φέρεται κόσμον τῶν νοητῶν καὶ ἁγίων δυνάμεων, μήτε τοῖς ἑκουσίοις τῆς σαρκὸς πάθεσι διὰ τῆς πολυτρόπως σκολιευομένης πλανώμενος ἡδονῆς, μήτε τοῖς ἀκουσίοις πειρασμοῖς διὰ τῆς ὀδύνης τραχυνόμενος, τῇ περὶ τὴν σάρκα φειδοῖ τὴν ὁδὸν τῶν ἐντολῶν ὡς δύσβατον διὰ τὴν τραχύτητα τῶν πόνων τῆς σαρκὸς παραιτούμενος. Ἰθύνεται μὲν οὖν τὰ σκολιά, ὅταν ὁ νοῦς, τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος τῶν παθῶν ἐλευθερώσας, ἤγουν τὰ αἰσθητήρια καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ἐκκόψας ἐνεργείας, κατὰ τὸν ἁπλοῦν τῆς φύσεως λόγον αὐτὰ κινεῖσθαι διδάξειεν, ἰθύνων πρὸς τὴν ἐφ᾽ ᾗ γεγόνασιν αἰτίαν. Αἱ δὲ τραχεῖαι, τουτέστιν αἱ τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν ἐπιφοραί, ἔσονται εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας, ὅταν μάλιστα χαίρων καὶ εὐφραινόμενος ὁ νοῦς ἐν ἀσθενείαις εὐδοκῇ καὶ θλίψεσι καὶ ἀνάγκαις, διὰ τῶν ἀκουσίων πόνων τὴν ὅλην τῶν ( ἑκουσίων παθῶν ἀφαιρούμενος δυναστείαν.
English
The humbling, then, of the intelligible and evil mountains and hills is the restoration of the natural powers of the flesh and of the soul to themselves; by which, being naturally directed by the wealth of virtue and knowledge, the God-loving mind passes evenly through this age and is carried straight on to the ageless and incorruptible world of the intelligible and holy powers, neither being led astray by the voluntary passions of the flesh through the many-wiled pleasure, nor being roughened by the involuntary temptations through pain, refusing the way of the commandments as hard to pass because of the roughness of the flesh's labors, out of a sparing of the flesh. The crooked things, then, are made straight when the mind, having freed the members of the body from the passions—that is, having cut off the senses and the remaining activities according to pleasure—teaches them to be moved according to the simple principle of nature, directing them toward the cause for which they came to be. And the rough things, that is, the onsets of involuntary temptations, shall become smooth ways, when especially the mind, rejoicing and being glad, takes pleasure in weaknesses and afflictions and necessities, through involuntary labors removing the whole dominion of the voluntary passions.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:188 · narrative
Source
Ὁ γὰρ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἐφιέμενος ζωῆς, γνοὺς ὅτι πᾶς πόνος, εἴτε ἑκούσιος εἴτε ἀκούσιος, τῆς τοῦ θανάτου μητρὸς ἡδονῆς γίνεται θάνατος, πάσας τὰς τραχείας τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν ἐπιφορὰς δέξεται μετ᾽ εὐφροσύνης, χαίρων διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς, ὁδοὺς εὐμαρεῖς τε καὶ λείας τὰς θλίψεις ποιούμενος καὶ πρὸς τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως ἀπλανῶς παραπεμπούσας αὐτὸν εὐσεβῶς ἐν αὐταῖς τὸν θεῖον δρόμον ποιούμενον. Πᾶς τοιγαροῦν τὴν πολυέλικτόν τε καὶ πολύπλοκον ἡδονὴν καὶ πᾶσιν ὁμοῦ τοῖς αἰσθητηρίοις πολυτρόπως συμπεπλεγμένην τῇ ἐγκρατείᾳ διαλύσας τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθεῖαν ἐποίησεν. Καὶ ὁ τὴν δύσβατον καὶ τραχεῖαν τῶν πόνων ἐπιφορὰν δι᾽ ὑπομονῆς πατήσας τὰς τραχείας ἐποίησεν εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας. Ὅθεν, ὥσπερ ἔπαθλον ἀρετῆς καὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς καμάτων, οἷα καλῶς τε καὶ νομίμως ἀθλήσας καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν νικήσας τῷ πόθῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τὴν ὀδύνην πατήσας τῷ τῆς γνώσεως ἔρωτι καὶ δι᾽ ἀμφοτέρων γενναίως τοὺς θείους διενέγκας ἀγῶνας, ὄψεται τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ. Καὶ ὄψεται γάρ φησιν πᾶσα σὰρξ τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ· πᾶσα σάρξ, δηλονότι πιστή, κατὰ τὸ ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα, δηλαδὴ τὴν πιστεύσασαν. Οὐχ ἁπλῶς οὖν πᾶσα σὰρξ ὄψεται τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, οὔτε γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἀσεβῶν σάρξ, εἴπερ ἀληθὴς ὁ ἀποφαινόμενος λόγος ἀρθήτω ὁ ἀσεβής, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου, ἀλλὰ προσδιωρισμένως πᾶσα πιστὴ σάρξ.
English
For whoever longs for true life, knowing that every toil, whether voluntary or involuntary, becomes death to the pleasure that is the mother of death, will accept all the rough onsets of involuntary temptations with gladness, rejoicing through endurance, making afflictions into easy and smooth paths that guide him without error to the prize of the upward calling, as he piously runs the divine race in them. Therefore everyone who by self-control has dissolved the much-twisted and much-entangled pleasure, intertwined in many ways with all the senses together, has made the crooked things straight. And he who by endurance has trampled the hard-to-traverse and rough onset of toils has made the rough ways into smooth paths. Hence, as a prize of virtue and of the labors endured for its sake—as one who has contended well and lawfully, and has conquered pleasure by his longing for virtue, and has trampled pain by his love of knowledge, and through both has nobly carried through the divine contests—he will see the salvation of God. For, it says, all flesh shall see the salvation of God: all flesh, that is, that is faithful, according to I will pour out of my Spirit upon all flesh, namely, that which has believed. Not, then, does all flesh simply see the salvation of God—for neither does the flesh of the impious, if indeed the word that declares Let the impious be taken away, that he may not see the glory of the Lord is true—but with specific qualification, all faithful flesh.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:189 · narrative
Source
Ἐκ μέρους δὲ τῆς σαρκὸς τὸν ὅλον ἄνθρωπον σημαίνει συνήθως ὁ γραφικὸς λόγος, οἱονεὶ βοῶν καὶ ὄψεται πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἀκούσας δηλαδὴ τῆς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ βοώσης φωνῆς, καὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀποδοθέντα τῆς θεωρίας λόγον ἑτοιμάσας τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, καὶ εὐθείας ποιήσας τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ, καὶ πληρώσας διὰ τῆς τῶν νοητῶν καὶ πονηρῶν ὀρέων καὶ βουνῶν καθαιρέσεως ( τὴν διὰ τοῦ ἰδίου κοιλώματος παρασχομένην κατὰ τὴν παράβασιν τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς τοῖς εἰρημένοις πονηροῖς ὄρεσι καὶ βουνοῖς τὸ ὕψος καὶ τὸ ἀνάστημα φάραγγα ψυχήν, καὶ τὴν ταύτης ἀναπλήρωσιν τῶν πονηρῶν δυνάμεων ταπείνωσιν ἐργαζόμενος, καὶ τὰ σκολιὰ τῶν ἑκουσίων παθῶν, ἤγουν τῆς ἡδονῆς τὰ κινήματα, διὰ τῆς ἐγκρατείας εὐθύνας, καὶ τὰς τραχείας τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν συμφοράς, ἤγουν τοὺς τρόπους τῆς ὀδύνης, διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς ὁμαλίσας καὶ εἰς ὁδοὺς λείας καταστήσας· ὁ τοιοῦτος εἰκότως ὄψεται τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ γενόμενος· καθ᾽ ἣν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν καὶ τῶν εὐσεβῶν θεωρημάτων ὁρᾷ τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τέλει τῶν ἄθλων, κατὰ τὸ μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται, τῶν ὑπὲρ ἀρετῆς πόνων τῆς ἀπαθείας τὴν χάριν ἀντιλαβών, ἧς οὐδὲν πλέον τὸν Θεὸν ἐμφανίζει τοῖς ἔχουσι.
English
Scripture customarily signifies the whole man by a part of the flesh, as it were crying out, "And all flesh shall see the salvation of God"—that is, every man who has heard the voice crying in the wilderness, and who, according to the stated principle of contemplation, has prepared the way of the Lord and made straight his paths, and has fulfilled this through the demolition of the intellectual and evil mountains and hills (making the soul, which through its own hollow provided, by the transgression of the divine commandment, the height and elevation to the said evil mountains and hills, a valley, and effecting the filling of it as the humbling of the evil powers, and making straight the crooked things of the voluntary passions—that is, the motions of pleasure—through self-control, and leveling the rough misfortunes of involuntary temptations—that is, the modes of pain—through endurance and bringing them into smooth paths); such a man will reasonably see the salvation of God, having become pure in heart; by which, through the virtues and the pious contemplations, he sees God at the end of his labors, according to "Blessed are the pure in heart, for they shall see God," having received in return for his labors on behalf of virtue the grace of dispassion, than which nothing more clearly reveals God to those who possess it.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:190 · narrative
Source
Καθ᾽ ὃ τυχὸν τοῖς τὰ ὑψηλότερα ζητοῦσι τῶν θεωρημάτων καὶ ἄλλως πάρεστιν ὁρᾶν, ὡς ἐν ἐρήμῳ, τῇ ἐστερημένῃ παθῶν ψυχῇ τὴν διὰ τῶν ἀρετῶν φωνὴν τῆς ἀφανῶς βοώσης θείας σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως, ἐπειδὴ πάντα κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν ἑκάστου πᾶσιν ὁ εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς γίνεται λόγος, χωρῶν δι᾽ ἑκάστου καὶ ὡς πρόδρομον φωνὴν τὴν προκατασκευάζουσαν ἕκαστον πρὸς τὴν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν προδωρούμενος χάριν, ἐν μὲν τοῖς γινομένην μετάνοιαν ὡς μελλούσης δικαιοσύνης πρόδρομον, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἀρετὴν ὡς προσδοκωμένης γνώσεως προκαταρτισμόν, ἐν ἄλλοις δὲ γνῶσιν ὡς τῆς παρεσομένης θεωτικῆς ἕξεως χαρακτῆρα. Καὶ ἁπλῶς ἐπιλείψει τὸν θεωρητικὸν νοῦν ὁ χρόνος τὰς θείας ἀναβάσεις τοῦ λόγου γνωστικῶς ποιούμενον καὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἕκαστον ὑπερφυεῖς ἁρμόζοντα καὶ φιλανθρώπους ἐπινοίας, καθ᾽ ἃς πάντα γίνεται πᾶσιν, ἵνα πάντας σώσῃ διὰ τὸν πλοῦτον τῆς αὐτοῦ χρηστότητος. ( ΣΧΟΛΙΑ 1. Ὁ τήν γνῶσιν ἐστεατωμένην ταῖς ἀρεταῖς, τουτέστιν ἔμπρακτον, μετιών, οὗτος γέγονεν Ἄβελ, ἔχων τόν Θεόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν, καί ἐπί τοῖς δώροις αὐτοῦ ἐπιβλέποντα.
English
Insofar as it happens that for those who seek the higher things of contemplation, the Word is also otherwise present to be seen, as in a wilderness, by the soul that has been stripped of the passions—the voice of the divine Wisdom and Knowledge that cries invisibly through the virtues—since the one and the same Word becomes all things to all in proportion to each one, containing himself through each and bestowing beforehand, as a forerunner voice, the grace that prepares each one beforehand for his own presence: in some, repentance that has come to be, as the forerunner of the righteousness that is to come; in others, virtue, as the preliminary preparation for the knowledge that is awaited; in others again, knowledge, as the imprint of the contemplative habit that will be present. And, to speak simply, time will fail the contemplative mind as it makes the divine ascents of the Word in a manner of knowledge and adapts his transcendent and philanthropic conceptions to each one, according to which he becomes all things to all, in order that he may save all through the riches of his goodness. (SCHOLIA 1. He who pursues knowledge adorned with the virtues, that is, practical knowledge, has become Abel, having God looking upon him and upon his gifts.)
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:191 · narrative
Source
2. Ὁ γνούς καί ἀληθῶς ἐλπίσας τά μέλλοντα, τῆς κατά τήν πρᾶξιν, ὑπέρ ὧν ἤλπισεν, ἐπικλήσεως οὐδέποτε παύεται· καί γίνεται νέος Ἐνώς, τόν Θεόν ἐπικαλούμενος. 3. Ὁ διά πράξεως εὐαρεστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, διά θεωρίας πρός τήν τῶν νοητῶν χώραν, τόν νοῦν δηλαδή μετατίθησιν, ἵνα μή διά φαντασίας τινός τόν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσι κατά τήν αἴσθησιν θεάσηται θάνατον, ὡς ὑπὸ μηδενός τῶν ἑλεῖν βουλομένων παντελῶς εὑρισκόμενος. 4. Ὁ διά τήν μέλλουσαν ὀργήν, φησίν, τήν διά τῆς κακουχίας μετελθών ἀγωγήν, γέγονε Νῶε, τῇ μικρᾷ τῆς σαρκός στενοχωρίᾳ τήν μέλλουσαν τῶν ἀσεβῶν φεύγων κατάκρισιν. 5. Γῆν λέγει τήν σάρκα· συγγένειαν, τάς αἰσθήσεις· οἶκον πατρός, τόν αἰσθητόν κόσμον, ἀφ᾿ ὧν ὁ πατριάρχης ἐκβέβηκεν, τήν πρός αὐτά σχέσιν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποθέμενος. 6. Μόνος ὁ Ἰσαάκ γέγραπται μή μεταβάς τῆς γῆς τῆς ἐπαγγελίας· τοῦ πατρός αὐτοῦ Ἀβραάμ, καί τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Ἰακώβ, τοῦ μέν ἐξελθόντος ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας, καί εἰσελθόντος εἰς Αἴγυπτον· τοῦ δέ διωχθέντος εἰς Μεσοποταμίαν, καί μετά ταῦτα παροικήσαντος εἰς Αἴγυπτον, ἐν ᾗ καί τέθνηκεν. 7. Τάς γυναῖκας εἰς τάς ἕξεις τῆς ἀρετῆς τε καί τῆς γνώσεως· τάς δέ παιδίσκας εἰς τάς τούτων ἐνεργείας ἔλαβεν· ἀφ᾿ ὧν γεννᾷ καθάπερ υἱούς, τούς ἐν φύσει καί χρόνῳ λόγους.
English
2. He who has known and truly hoped for the things to come never ceases from the invocation in practice on behalf of the things for which he has hoped; and he becomes a new Enos, calling upon God. 3. He who has pleased God through practice transfers his mind through contemplation to the region of intelligible things, so that he may not behold through some fantasy the death that lies in the passions according to sense, as one who is altogether unfindable by any of those who wish to seize him. 4. He who, because of the coming wrath, has pursued the course of hardship, he says, has become a Noah, fleeing by the small constraint of the flesh the coming condemnation of the impious. 5. He calls the flesh "land"; the senses "kindred"; the "father's house," the sensible world—from which the patriarch has gone out, having laid aside the soul's attachment to them. 6. Isaac alone is written of as not having moved from the land of promise—his father Abraham, and his son Jacob, the one having gone out from Mesopotamia and entered into Egypt, and the other having been driven into Mesopotamia and afterward having dwelt as a sojourner in Egypt, where he also died. 7. He took the wives as the states of virtue and knowledge, and the maidservants as their activities, from which he begets, as it were sons, the principles that are in nature and time.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:192 · narrative
Source
8. Ὥσπερ γίνεται φάραγξ ἡ σάρξ, ταῖς τῶν παθῶν βαλλομένη φοραῖς· οὕτω, φησίν, καί ἡ ψυχή γίνεται φάραγξ τοῖς τῶν πονηρῶν λογισμῶν ῥεύμασι κοιλαινομένη. 9. Ἡ τῶν παρά φύσιν ἀποβολή παθῶν, καί ἡ τῶν κατά φύσιν ἀρετῶν ἐπιβολή, τήν φαραγγωθεῖσαν ψυχήν ἀναπληροῖ, καί τήν ὀρινομένην τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων ταπεινοῖ δυναστείαν. ( 10. Σκολιά κέκληκεν τά παρά φύσιν τῶν αἰσθήσεων κινήματα, ἰθυνόμενα ὅταν ὁ νοῦς αὐτά πρός τήν ἰδίαν αἰτίαν· λέγω δέ τόν Θεόν, κατά φύσιν κινεῖσθαι διδάξειεν. 11. Τάς τραχείας κέκληκεν, τάς τῶν ἀκουσίων πειρασμῶν συμβάσεις, εἰς ὁδούς λείας διά τῆς κατά τήν εὐχαριστίαν ὑπομονῆς μεταπιπτούσας. 12. Τοῦ μέν θανάτου μήτηρ ἐστίν ἡ ἡδονή· τῆς ἡδονῆς δέ θάνατός ἐστιν ὁ πόνος, ὅ τε προαιρετικός καί ὁ παρά προαίρεσιν. 13. Ὁ τήν ἀρετήν ἀγαπῶν, τήν τῶν ἡδονῶν ἑκουσίως ἀπομαραίνει κάμινον· ὁ δέ τῇ γνώσει τῆς ἀληθείας πεποιωμένος τόν νοῦν, ἀκουσίοις οὐκ ἐπέχεται πόνοις τῆς κατὰ τήν ἔφεσιν πρός τόν Θεόν φερούσης ἀεικινησίας. 14. Ὅτι διά τῆς παραβάσεως ἡ ψυχή κοιλανθεῖσα, τοῖς δαίμοσι καθάπερ ὄρεσιν τό ὕψος δέδωκεν· τουτέστι τό καθ᾿ ἑαυτῆς κράτος. 15. Ἀρετή κατά τήν πρᾶξιν ἐνεργουμένη, φωνή γίνεται τῆς βοώσης γνώσεως, ὡς ἐν ἐρήμῳ, τῇ παθῶν ἐστερημένῃ καταστάσει τῆς ψυχῆς. Πρόδρομος γάρ τῆς ἀληθοῦς σοφίας ἡ ἀρετή, μηνύουσα τήν μετ᾿ αὐτήν κατ᾿ οἰκονομίαν φανησομένην ἀλήθειαν, πρό αὐτῆς κατ᾿ αἰτίαν ὑπάρχουσαν. ΜΗ (48). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΛΑΚΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΠΥΡΓΩΝ ΟΖΙΟΥ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΣ ΙΟΥΔΑ. 48.
English
8. Just as the flesh becomes a ravine when it is struck by the onsets of the passions, so too, he says, the soul becomes a ravine, hollowed out by the streams of evil thoughts. 9. The casting off of the passions that are contrary to nature, and the taking up of the virtues that are according to nature, fills up the soul that has been made a ravine, and humbles the dominion of the evil spirits that rushes upon it. 10. He has called the movements of the senses that are contrary to nature "crooked," which are made straight when the mind teaches them to move according to nature toward their own cause—I mean God. 11. He has called "rough" the encounters of involuntary temptations, which pass over into smooth ways through endurance with thanksgiving. 12. Pleasure is the mother of death; and the pain of death is the offspring of pleasure, both the pain that is chosen and the pain that is beyond choice. 13. He who loves virtue willingly withers the furnace of pleasures; but he whose mind has been made firm by the knowledge of the truth is not held back by involuntary pains, since the ever-moving impulse of the soul's longing for God carries him on. 14. Because through transgression the soul has been hollowed out, it has given its height to the demons as though to mountains—that is, its own power over itself. 15. Virtue enacted in practice becomes the voice of the knowledge that cries out, as in a wilderness, in the state of the soul that has been deprived of the passions. For virtue is the forerunner of true wisdom, announcing the truth that will appear after it in the order of providence, which exists before it in the order of cause.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:193 · narrative
Source
ΕΡΩΤΗΣΙΣ ΜΗ' Περὶ τοῦ Ὀζίου φησὶν ἡ δευτέρα τῶν Παραλειπομένων ὅτι ἐποίησε τὸ εὐθὲς ἐνώπιον Κυρίου, καὶ ἦν ἐκζητῶν τὸν Κύριον ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ζαχαρίου τοῦ συνιέντος ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου. Καὶ εὐόδωσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος. Καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν Ὀζίας πύργους ἐν Ἱερουσαλὴμ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς γωνίας καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γωνίαν τῆς φάραγγος καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν καὶ κατίσχυσεν. Καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργους ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ ἐλατόμησεν λάκκους πολλούς, ὅτι κτήνη πολλὰ ὑπῆρχεν αὐτῷ ἐν Σεφιλᾷ καὶ ἐν τῇ πεδινῇ καὶ ἀμπελουργοὶ ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ Καρμήλῳ, ὅτι γεωργὸς ἦν. Τίνες οἱ πύργοι καὶ τίς ἡ ( πύλη τῆς γωνίας καὶ τίς ἡ φάραγξ καὶ ἡ γωνία αὐτῆς; καὶ τίνες πάλιν αἱ γωνίαι τίνες τε οἱ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ πύργοι; καὶ τίνες οἱ λελατομημένοι λάκκοι τίνα τε τὰ κτήνη; καὶ τίς ἡ Σεφιλὰ καὶ ἡ πεδινὴ τίνες τε οἱ ἀμπελουργοί; καὶ τίς ἡ ὀρεινὴ καὶ ὁ Κάρμηλος καὶ τὸ ὅτι γεωργὸς ἦν; Ἀπόκρισις. Ἐλθέ, Λόγε Θεοῦ πανύμνητε, δὸς τῶν οἰκείων λόγων τὴν σύμμετρον ἡμῖν ἀποκάλυψιν καί, περιελὼν τὴν τῶν ἐπικαλυμμάτων παχύτητα, δεῖξον ἡμῖν, Χριστέ, τὸ κάλλος τῶν νοουμένων.
English
QUESTION 48. The second book of Chronicles says concerning Uzziah that he did what was right before the Lord, and that he was seeking the Lord in the days of Zechariah, who understood in the fear of the Lord. And the Lord prospered him. And Uzziah built towers in Jerusalem, and at the corner gate, and at the corner of the ravine, and at the corners, and he strengthened them. And he built towers in the wilderness and cut out many cisterns, because he had many cattle in the Shephelah and in the plain, and vinedressers in the hill country and in Carmel, because he was a farmer. Who are the towers, and what is the corner gate, and what is the ravine and its corner? And again, who are the corners, and who are the towers in the wilderness? And who are the cisterns that were cut out, and what are the cattle? And what is the Shephelah and the plain, and who are the vinedressers? And what is the hill country and Carmel, and what is it that he was a farmer? Answer. Come, O Word of God, all-praised, grant us the measured revelation of your own words, and, removing the thickness of the coverings, show us, O Christ, the beauty of the things understood.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:194 · narrative
Source
Λαβοῦ τῆς χειρὸς ἡμῶν τῆς δεξιᾶς, τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν λέγω νοερᾶς δυνάμεως, καὶ ὁδήγησον ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τῶν ἐντολῶν σου καὶ εἰς τὸν τόπον ἄγαγε τῆς θαυμαστῆς σου σκηνῆς ἕως τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν φωνῇ ἀγαλλιάσεως καὶ ἐξομολογήσεως ἤχους ἑορτάζοντος, ὅπως καὶ ἡμεῖς, διὰ τῆς κατὰ τὴν πρᾶξιν ἐξομολογήσεως καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν θεωρίαν ἀγαλλιάσεως πρὸς τὸν σὸν τῆς εὐωχίας ἄφραστον τόπον ἐλθεῖν ἀξιωθέντες, συνηχήσωμεν τοῖς ἐκεῖσε πνευματικῶς ἑορτάζουσιν, τὴν τῶν ἀλαλήτων γνῶσιν ἀσιγήτοις νοῦ φωναῖς ἀναμέλποντες. Καί μοι σύγγνωθι, Χριστέ, καὶ ἵλαθι διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀξίων σου δούλων ἐπιταγὴν κατατολμῶντι τῶν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν, καὶ φώτισον πρὸς τὴν τῶν προκειμένων θεωρίαν τὴν ἀφώτιστόν μου διάνοιαν, ἵνα πλέον δοξασθῇς, τυφλοῖς τὸ βλέπειν διδοὺς καὶ μογιλάλοις τρανὴν τὴν γλῶσσαν ποιούμενος. Οἶμαι τοίνυν ὅτι, ὥσπερ ἕως τινὸς Χριστοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τύπος ὑπῆρχεν ὁ Σολομῶν, οὕτως καὶ Ὀζίας ἕως τινὸς τύπος ἦν τοῦ Σωτῆρος. Ἰσχὺν γὰρ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἑλλάδα φωνὴν μεταφερόμενον σημαίνει Ὀζίου τὸ ὄνομα, ἰσχὺς δὲ φυσικὴ καὶ δύναμις ἐνυπόστατος τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς ( Χριστός, ὁ εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας γενόμενος λίθος, λέγω δὲ τῆς Ἐκκλησίας.
English
Take our right hand—I mean the noetic power within us—and guide it in the way of your commandments, and lead it to the place of your wondrous tabernacle, even to the house of God, in the voice of gladness and the sound of confession of one who keeps festival, so that we too, having been deemed worthy to come, through confession in practice and gladness in contemplation, to your ineffable place of feasting, may join our voices with those who keep festival there spiritually, hymning the knowledge of things unutterable with the unceasing voices of the mind. And forgive me, O Christ, and be gracious, because at the command of your worthy servants I dare to attempt things beyond my power; and enlighten my unenlightened mind for the contemplation of what lies before us, so that you may be glorified the more, who give sight to the blind and make the tongue of the stammerer clear. I think, then, that just as Solomon was in some respect a type of Christ God, so Uzziah too was in some respect a type of the Savior. For the name Uzziah, translated into the Greek tongue, means strength of God, and the Lord our Jesus Christ is the natural strength and hypostatic power of God the Father—he who became the stone at the head of the corner, I mean of the Church.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:195 · narrative
Source
Ὡς γὰρ ἡ γωνία δύο τοίχων ποιεῖται δι᾽ ἑαυτῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνάφειαν, οὕτως ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ Ἐκκλησία τῶν δύο λαῶν, τοῦ τε ἐξ ἐθνῶν καὶ τοῦ ἐξ Ἰουδαίων, ἕνωσις γίνεται, τὸν Χριστὸν ἔχουσα σύνδεσμον, τὸν οἰκοδομοῦντα τοὺς πύργους ἔν τε Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὴν ὅρασιν λέγω τῆς εἰρήνης, τοὺς θείους καὶ ἀκαθαιρέτους πρώτους τῶν περὶ θεότητος δογμάτων λόγους, ἤγουν ὀχυρώματα, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς γωνίας τοὺς τῶν περὶ σαρκώσεως δογμάτων λόγους. Πύλη γὰρ καὶ θύρα τῆς Ἐκκλησίας αὐτός ἐστι πάλιν ὁ λέγων ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα, ἡ τοὺς πύργους ἔχουσα, τουτέστι τὰ ὀχυρώματα τῶν περὶ σαρκώσεως θείων δογμάτων, πύλη· δι᾽ ὧν φρουρουμένους εἰς τὴν γωνίαν, τὴν Ἐκκλησίαν λέγω, δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς καλῶς πιστεύειν βουλομένους τὴν εἴσοδον. Ὁ γὰρ τοῖς πύργοις τῶν θείων δογμάτων ὡς ἀληθείας ὀχυρώμασι καθωπλισμένος τοὺς ἐπηρεαστὰς οὐ φοβεῖται λόγους ἢ δαίμονας. Καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γωνίαν τῆς φάραγγος. Φάραγξ ἐστὶν ἡ σάρξ, γωνία δὲ ταύτης ἐστὶν ἡ πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν κατὰ τὴν ἐν πνεύματι συνάφειαν ἕνωσις· ἐφ᾽ ἧς οἱ πύργοι, ἤγουν τὰ ὀχυρώματα τῶν ἐντολῶν, οἰκοδομοῦνται καὶ τὰ ἐπ᾽ αὐταῖς κατὰ τὴν διάκρισιν δόγματα, πρὸς τὸ φυλαχθῆναι τῆς σαρκὸς πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν ἀδιάλυτον καθάπερ γωνίαν τὴν ἕνωσιν.
English
For just as the corner makes a mutual conjunction of two walls through itself, so the Church of God becomes the union of the two peoples—both the one from the Gentiles and the one from the Jews—having Christ as the bond, who builds the towers in Jerusalem (I mean the vision of peace), the divine and indestructible first principles of the doctrines concerning divinity, that is, the strongholds, and upon the gate of the corner the principles of the doctrines concerning the incarnation. For he himself is again the gate and door of the Church, who says, I am the door, who has the towers—that is, the strongholds of the divine doctrines concerning the incarnation—as a gate; through which those who wish to believe rightly must make their entrance, guarded into the corner—I mean the Church. For the one armed with the towers of the divine doctrines as strongholds of truth does not fear the words or demons of assailants. And upon the corner of the ravine. The ravine is the flesh, and its corner is the union with the soul according to the conjunction in the Spirit; upon which the towers, that is, the strongholds of the commandments, are built, and the doctrines concerning them according to discernment, so that the union of the flesh with the soul may be preserved indissoluble, as it were a corner.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:196 · narrative
Source
Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν ᾠκοδόμησε πύργους. Γωνίας τυχὸν εἶπεν ὁ λόγος τὰς διὰ Χριστοῦ γεγενημένας διαφόρους τῶν διῃρημένων κτισμάτων ἑνώσεις. Ἥνωσε γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, τὴν κατὰ τὸ ἄρρεν καὶ θῆλυ διαφορὰν τῷ πνεύματι μυστικῶς ἀφελόμενος καὶ τῶν ἐν τοῖς πάθεσιν ἰδιωμάτων καταστήσας ἐπ᾽ ἀμφοῖν ἐλεύθερον τὸν λόγον τῆς φύσεως. Ἥνωσεν δὲ καὶ τὴν γῆν, τὴν κατὰ τὸν αἰσθητὸν παράδεισον καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην διώσας ἐξαλλαγήν. Ἥνωσεν δὲ καὶ τὴν γῆν καὶ τὸν οὐρανόν, μίαν ἀποδείξας πρὸς ἑαυτὴν νεύουσαν τὴν φύσιν τῶν αἰσθητῶν. ( Ἥνωσεν δὲ καὶ τὰ αἰσθητὰ καὶ τὰ νοητά, καὶ μίαν ἀπέδειξεν οὖσαν τὴν τῶν γεγονότων φύσιν, κατά τινα λόγον μυστικὸν συναπτομένην. Ἥνωσεν δέ, κατὰ τὸν ὑπὲρ φύσιν λόγον τε καὶ τρόπον, καὶ τὴν κτιστὴν φύσιν τῇ ἀκτίστῳ. Καὶ ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστης ἑνώσεως ἤγουν γωνίας, τοὺς συνεκτικούς τε καὶ συνδετικοὺς τῶν θείων δογμάτων ὀχυρώσας, ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργους. Καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν πύργους ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ. Ἔρημός ἐστιν ἡ τῶν φαινομένων φύσις ἤγουν ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ πύργους οἰκοδομεῖν πέφυκεν ὁ Λόγος, τὰς εὐσεβεῖς περὶ τῶν ὄντων δόξας τοῖς αἰτοῦσι δωρούμενος, τουτέστι τοὺς τῶν περὶ τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας δογμάτων ὀρθοὺς ἐν πνεύματι λόγους. Καὶ ἐλατόμησε λάκκους πολλούς, ὅτι κτήνη πολλὰ ὑπῆρχε αὐτῷ ἐν Σεφιλᾷ καὶ ἐν τῇ πεδινῇ καὶ ἀμπελουργοὶ ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ Καρμήλῳ, ὅτι γεωργὸς ἦν.
English
And he built towers on the corners. The passage perhaps called "corners" the various unions of the divided created things that came about through Christ. For he united man, mystically removing the difference of male and female by the Spirit and setting the principle of nature free in both from the peculiarities that lie in the passions. And he united the earth, driving out the difference between the perceptible paradise and the inhabited world. And he united the earth and heaven, showing that the nature of perceptible things inclines toward itself as one. And he united both perceptible and intelligible things, and showed that the nature of created things is one, being joined together according to a certain mystical principle. And, according to the principle and mode that transcends nature, he united created nature to the uncreated. And at each union, that is, each corner, having secured the cohesive and connective towers of the divine doctrines, he built towers. And he built towers in the wilderness. The wilderness is the nature of things that appear, that is, this world, in which the Word is accustomed to build towers, granting to those who ask the pious opinions concerning existing things, that is, the correct principles in the Spirit of the doctrines concerning natural contemplation. And he hewed many cisterns, because he had many cattle in Shephelah and in the plain, and vine-dressers in the hill country and in Carmel, because he was a husbandman.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:197 · narrative
Source
Λάκκους λατομεῖ ὁ Κύριος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, λέγω δὲ τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ τῇ φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων, τὰς τῶν ἀξίων καρδίας ἐκχοΐζων καὶ ἀποκαθαίρων τοῦ ὑλικοῦ βάρους τε καὶ φρονήματος καὶ ποιῶν εὐρυχώρους πρὸς ὑποδοχὴν τῶν θείων τῆς σοφίας καὶ τῆς γνώσεως ὑετῶν, ἵνα ποτίζωσιν τὰ κτήνη τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοὺς δεομένους λέγω, διὰ ψυχῆς νηπιότητα, τῆς ἠθικῆς διδασκαλίας. Τά τε ἐν Σεφιλᾷ κτήνη. Σεφιλὰ ἑρμηνεύεται λεκάνη στενή. Δηλοῖ δὲ τοὺς διὰ τῶν ἀκουσίων καθαιρομένους πειρασμῶν καὶ λευκαινομένους τῶν κατὰ ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα μολυσμῶν, δεομένους ποτισθῆναι καθάπερ ὕδωρ τὸν περὶ καρτερίας καὶ ὑπομονῆς λόγον. Καὶ ἐν τῇ πεδινῇ· τοὺς τῷ πλάτει δηλονότι τῶν δεξιῶν πραγμάτων κατὰ ῥοῦν αὐτοῖς φερομένων εὐθηνουμένους ἢ τοὺς ἐν ἀρεταῖς εὐδρομοῦντας καὶ τῷ νόμῳ τῶν ἐντολῶν ἀπαθῶς πλατυνομένους, δεομένους καὶ αὐτοὺς ποτισθῆναι τὸν περὶ ταπεινοφροσύνης μεταδόσεώς τε καὶ συμπαθείας τῶν ἀσθενεστέρων ( καὶ τῆς τῶν δοθέντων αὐτοῖς εὐχαριστίας λόγον. Καὶ ἀμπελουργοὶ ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ Καρμήλῳ. Ἀμπελουργοὶ μέν εἰσιν ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ οἱ τὸν θεῖον καὶ ἐκστατικὸν τῆς γνώσεως καὶ τῆς καρδίας εὐφραντικὸν ἐν τῷ ὕψει τῆς θεωρίας φιλοπονοῦντες λόγον. Οἱ δὲ ἐν τῷ Καρμήλῳ ἀμπελουργοὶ τυγχάνουσιν οἱ κατὰ θεωρίαν ὑψηλῶς τὸν περὶ τῆς τελείας καθάρσεως καὶ τῆς τῶν ὄντων παντελοῦς ἀφαιρέσεως ἀσκούμενοι λόγον. Ἐπίγνωσις γὰρ περιτομῆς ὁ Κάρμηλος ἑρμηνεύεται· ἐφ᾽ ὃν ὁ γεωργῶν ἄμπελον τὸν τῆς περιτομῆς μυστικὸν
English
The Lord quarries pits in the desert—I mean in the world and in the nature of men—hollowing out and cleansing the hearts of the worthy from material weight and disposition, and making them spacious to receive the divine rains of wisdom and knowledge, so that they may water the cattle of Christ—I mean those who, through childlikeness of soul, are in need of the moral teaching. And the cattle in Sephila. Sephila is interpreted as a narrow basin. It signifies those who are cleansed through involuntary temptations and made white from the defilements of soul and body, who need to be watered, as it were with water, by the word concerning endurance and patience. And in the plain: evidently those who prosper in the breadth of favorable circumstances flowing smoothly for them, or those who run well in virtues and are widened without passion by the law of the commandments, who also themselves need to be watered by the word concerning humility, and the imparting of and sympathy for the weaker, and thanksgiving for what has been given to them. And vinedressers in the hill country and in Carmel. The vinedressers in the hill country are those who labor lovingly over the divine and ecstatic word of knowledge that gladdens the heart, in the height of contemplation. But the vinedressers in Carmel are those who, in contemplation, practice in a lofty manner the word concerning perfect purification and the complete removal of beings. For Carmel is interpreted as knowledge of circumcision; upon it the one who cultivates the vine [practices] the mystical [word] of circumcision
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:198 · narrative
Source
λόγον γεωργεῖ, κατ᾽ ἐπίγνωσιν τὸν νοῦν περιτέμνων τῆς ὕλης καὶ τῶν ὑλικῶν, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἰουδαϊκῶς τὴν αἰσχύνην δόξαν ἡγούμενος. Χρῄζειν δὲ καὶ τούτους φησὶν ὁ λόγος τοῦ ἐκ τῶν λατομηθέντων ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ λάκκων θείου τῆς σοφίας νάματος, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν ἀναλογίαν τῆς πίστεως ἕκαστος τὸν ἐπιτήδειον δέχηται λόγον ἐκ τῶν πεπιστευμένων τὴν χάριν τῆς τοῦ σωτηρίου λόγου διδασκαλίας· δι᾽ οὗ μεγαλοφυῶς τῆς τοῦ καθέκαστον ἐπιμελεῖται ψυχῆς ὁ Κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, ὁ καλὸς καὶ ἐπιστήμων γεωργὸς καὶ ὢν καὶ ἀεὶ γινόμενος καὶ πάντα τὰ προειρημένα τῆς ἡμῶν ἕνεκεν σωτηρίας πραξάμενος. Οὕτω μὲν οὖν ἐπιτόμως ἡμῖν καθ᾽ ἕνα τρόπον τεθεωρήσθω τὰ προτεθέντα, τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ὑφηγούμενα. Καθ᾽ ἕτερον δὲ τρόπον, καὶ εἰς τὸν καθέκαστον νοῦν θεωρούμενα, πλείστην ἔχει δύναμιν πρὸς ἀπαρτισμὸν τελειότητος τῶν τῷ φόβῳ καὶ τῇ ἀγάπῃ τοῦ Κυρίου πεφρουρημένων. Πρὶν δὲ τῆς αὐτῶν ἅψασθαι θεωρίας, ἀπορῶ θαυμάζων πῶς ἠδύνατο τῆς Ἰουδαίας ὑπάρχων βασιλεὺς ὁ Ὀζίας κατὰ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἔχειν ἀμπελουργοὺς ἐν τῷ Καρμήλῳ, μὴ ὄντι ὑπὸ τὴν βασιλείαν Ἰούδα, ἀλλὰ τῇ τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ὑποκειμένῳ βασιλείᾳ· ἐφ᾽ οὗ καὶ ἡ πόλις αὐτὴ τῆς τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ βασιλείας σχεδὸν ᾠκοδόμητο. Ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἔοικε τὸ νωθρὸν ἡμῶν τῆς διανοίας πρὸς ἔρευναν τῆς ἀληθείας διεγείρων ὁ λόγος τὸ μηδαμῶς ὑπάρχον τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας ὕφει παρέμιξεν.
English
He cultivates the word, circumcising the mind through knowledge from matter and material things, but not in a Jewish manner considering shame to be glory. And the word says that these too need the divine stream of wisdom from the pits quarried in the desert, so that each, according to the proportion of faith, may receive the fitting word from those entrusted with the grace of the teaching of the saving word; through which our Lord Jesus Christ, the good and knowledgeable farmer, both being and always becoming, cares magnanimously for the soul of each individual, and has done all the things previously mentioned for the sake of our salvation. Thus, then, let the things set before us be contemplated by us concisely in one way, pointing to our Lord Jesus Christ. But in another way, when contemplated with reference to each individual mind, they have the greatest power for the completion of perfection in those guarded by the fear and love of the Lord. But before touching on their contemplation, I am at a loss, marveling how Uzziah, being king of Judea according to the history, could have vinedressers in Carmel, which was not under the kingdom of Judah but was subject to the kingdom of Israel; under whom also that city itself had been built, belonging to the kingdom of Israel. But, as it seems, the word, rousing our sluggishness of mind toward the investigation of truth, has interwoven into the fabric of the history something that does not exist at all.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:199 · narrative
Source
Ὀζίας τοίνυν ἐστὶν ὁ περὶ πρᾶξιν καὶ θεωρίαν τὴν θείαν ( ἰσχὺν κεκτημένος νοῦς· ἰσχὺς γὰρ Θεοῦ, καθὼς ἔφην, ἑρμηνεύεται. Καὶ ἦν φησιν Ὀζίας ἐκζητῶν τὸν Κύριον ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις Ζαχαρίου τοῦ συνιέντος ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου. Ζαχαρίας ἑρμηνεύεται μνήμη Θεοῦ. Οὐκοῦν ὁ νοῦς, ἐφ᾽ ὅσον ἔχει ζῶσαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ μνήμην, διὰ τῆς θεωρίας ἐκζητεῖ τὸν Κύριον, καὶ οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου, τουτέστιν ἐν τῇ πράξει τῶν ἐντολῶν. Ὁ γὰρ ἐκζητῶν διὰ θεωρίας τὸν Κύριον χωρὶς πράξεως, οὐχ εὑρίσκει τὸν Κύριον, ὅτι οὐκ ἐν φόβῳ Κυρίου τὸν Κύριον ἐξεζήτησεν. Καὶ εὐόδωσεν αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος. Παντὶ γὰρ τῷ μετὰ γνώσεως πράττοντι εὐοδοῖ ὁ Κύριος, τούς τε τῶν ἐντολῶν διδάσκων τρόπους καὶ τοὺς τῶν ὄντων ἀληθεῖς λόγους ἀποκαλύπτων. Καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν Ὀζίας πύργους ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ. Ὁ καλῶς εὐοδούμενος ἐπὶ τὴν διὰ θεωρίας ἐκζήτησιν τοῦ Κυρίου μετὰ τοῦ ἐπιβεβλημένου φόβου, τουτέστι τῆς τῶν ἐντολῶν πράξεως, οἰκοδομεῖ πύργους ἐν Ἱερουσαλήμ, κατὰ τὴν ἁπλῆν δηλαδὴ καὶ ἠρεμαίαν τῆς ψυχῆς κατάστασιν τοὺς περὶ θεότητος ἀνυψῶν λόγους. Καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τῆς γωνίας. Πύλη τῆς γωνίας, ἤγουν τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως, ἔστιν ἡ εὐσεβὴς πολιτεία, δι᾽ ἧς εἰς τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν εἰσαγόμεθα κληρονομίαν· ἐφ᾽ ἧς καθάπερ πύργους ἰσχυρούς τε καὶ γενναίους ὁ γνωστικὸς νοῦς τὰ ὀχυρώματα τῶν θείων περὶ σαρκώσεως δογμάτων οἰκοδομεῖ, ὡς ἐκ λίθων τινῶν τῶν διαφόρων νοημάτων συγκείμενα, καὶ τοὺς τρόπους τῶν ἀρετῶν εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν τοῦ ἔργου τῶν ἐντολῶν.
English
Uzziah, then, is the mind that has acquired divine strength in both practice and contemplation; for "strength of God," as I said, is how the name is interpreted. And he says that Uzziah was seeking the Lord in the days of Zechariah, who understood in the fear of the Lord. Zechariah is interpreted as "memory of God." Therefore the mind, insofar as it has within itself the living memory of God, seeks the Lord through contemplation—and not simply so, but in the fear of the Lord, that is, in the practice of the commandments. For the one who seeks the Lord through contemplation without practice does not find the Lord, because he has not sought the Lord in the fear of the Lord. And the Lord prospered him. For to everyone who acts with knowledge the Lord gives prosperity, teaching the ways of the commandments and revealing the true principles of existing things. And Uzziah built towers in Jerusalem. The one who is rightly prospered toward the seeking of the Lord through contemplation, together with the fear that has been laid upon him—that is, the practice of the commandments—builds towers in Jerusalem, that is, in the simple and tranquil state of the soul, raising up the principles concerning the Godhead. And upon the gate of the corner. The gate of the corner, that is, of the ecclesiastical faith, is the pious conduct of life, through which we are led into the inheritance of good things; upon it, as upon strong and noble towers, the gnostic mind builds the fortifications of the divine doctrines concerning the Incarnation, composed as they are of various meanings like so many stones, and the ways of the virtues for the guarding of the work of the commandments.
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:200 · narrative
Source
Καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν γωνίαν τῆς φάραγγος. Φάραγξ ἐστὶν ἡ σάρξ, γωνία δὲ ταύτης ἡ πρὸς τὴν ψυχὴν διὰ τοῦ νόμου τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐστιν ἕνωσις· ἐφ᾽ ἧς καθάπερ πύργον οἰκοδομεῖ τὴν κατὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ Πνεύματος ὑποτάσσουσαν τῇ ψυχῇ τὴν σάρκα διάγνωσιν. Καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν. Πολλάς φησιν εἶναι τὰς γωνίας, ( ἐφ᾽ ὧν ᾠκοδομηκέναι λέγεται τοὺς πύργους ὁ κατὰ Θεὸν ἰσχυρότατος νοῦς. Γωνία ἐστὶν οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς φύσεως ἡ τῶν μερῶν πρὸς τὰ καθόλου κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦ εἶναι λόγον ἕνωσις, ὡς φέρε εἰπεῖν πρὸς τὰ εἴδη τὰ ὑπ᾽ αὐτὰ ἄτομα καὶ πρὸς τὰ γένη τὰ εἴδη καὶ πρὸς τὴν οὐσίαν τὰ γένη, μοναδικῶς κατὰ τὸ πέρας τῶν ἄκρων ἀλλήλοις συναπτομένων, ἐφ᾽ ὧν οἱ καθόλου τῶν μερῶν προφανέντες λόγοι ποιοῦνται καθάπερ γωνίας τὰς πολλὰς καὶ διαφόρους τῶν διῃρημένων ἑνώσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ νοῦ πρὸς αἴσθησιν καὶ οὐρανοῦ πρὸς γῆν καὶ αἰσθητῶν πρὸς νοητὰ καὶ φύσεως πρὸς λόγον, ἐφ᾽ ὧν ἁπάντων κατὰ τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπιστήμην τὰς ἀληθεῖς ἐφ᾽ ἑκάστῳ δόξας πηξάμενος ὁ θεωρητικὸς νοῦς ἐπὶ τῶν γωνιῶν σοφῶς οἰκοδομεῖ τοὺς νοητοὺς πύργους, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἑνώσεων τὰ συνδετικὰ τῶν ἑνώσεων δόγματα. Καὶ κατίσχυσε καὶ ᾠκοδόμησε πύργους ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ καὶ ἐλατόμησε λάκκους πολλούς. Ὁ τῶν παθῶν ἐξηλῶσαι δυνηθεὶς τὰς αἰσθήσεις καὶ τῆς τῶν αἰσθήσεων σχέσεως τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποδιαστείλας κατίσχυσεν ἀποτειχίσαι τὴν γενομένην τοῦ διαβόλου πρὸς τὸν νοῦν διὰ μέσων τῶν αἰσθήσεων εἴσοδον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον, φημὶ δὲ τὴν φυσικὴν θεωρίαν, οἱονεὶ πύργους ἀσφαλεῖς τὰς εὐσεβεῖς περὶ τῶν ὄντων ᾠκοδόμησε δόξας·
English
And upon the corner of the valley. The valley is the flesh, and its corner is the union with the soul through the law of the commandments; on this, as on a tower, he builds the discernment that subjects the flesh to the soul according to the law of the Spirit. And upon the corners. He says that there are many corners, on which the mind, strongest according to God, is said to have built the towers. A corner is not only, in the same nature, the union of the parts with the universals according to the same principle of being—as, for instance, of individuals under them with the species, and of species with the genera, and of genera with the essence, the extremes being joined to one another in a singular way at their limit, on which the principles of the parts that have appeared universally make, as it were, corners—the many and various unions of divided things—but also the union of mind with sense, and of heaven with earth, and of sensible things with intelligible things, and of nature with principle. On all these, the contemplative mind, having fixed the true opinions concerning each according to its proper knowledge, wisely builds the intelligible towers on the corners, that is, on the unions the doctrines that bind the unions together. And he prevailed and built towers in the wilderness and hewed out many cisterns. He who was able to emulously excite the senses of the passions and to separate the soul from the relation of the senses prevailed to wall off the entrance of the devil to the mind that had come about through the senses; and therefore in the wilderness, I mean natural contemplation, he built, as it were, safe towers—the pious opinions concerning existing things.
Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_2”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-2#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0556 · generated 2026-11-15.